Update and clean up RISC-V gas documentation.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
2571583a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
2571583a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
2571583a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 419 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 420 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 422 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 423 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 424 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 425 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 426 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 427 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 428 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 429 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 430 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 431 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 432 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 433 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 434 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 435 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 436 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 437 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
438 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
439 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 440 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 441 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
442@end ifset
443@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
444
445@emph{Target MMIX options:}
446 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
447 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
448 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 449 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 450@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
451@ifset NIOSII
452
453@emph{Target Nios II options:}
454 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
455 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
456@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
457@ifset NDS32
458
459@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
460 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
461 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
464 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
465 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
466 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
467 [@b{-mb2bb}]
468@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
469@ifset PDP11
470
471@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
472 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
473 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 474 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
475@end ifset
476@ifset PJ
477
478@emph{Target picoJava options:}
479 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
480@end ifset
481@ifset PPC
482
483@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
484 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
485 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
486 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 487 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 488 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a 489 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 490 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 491 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 492 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
493 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
494 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 495 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 496 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 497@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
498@ifset PRU
499
500@emph{Target PRU options:}
501 [@b{-link-relax}]
502 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
503 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
504@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
505@ifset RISCV
506
507@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
508 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
509 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
510 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
511@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
512@ifset RL78
513
514@emph{Target RL78 options:}
515 [@b{-mg10}]
516 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
517@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
518@ifset RX
519
520@emph{Target RX options:}
521 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 522 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
523 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
524 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
525 [@b{-mpid}]
526 [@b{-mrelax}]
527 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
528 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 529@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
530@ifset S390
531
532@emph{Target s390 options:}
533 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
534 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
535 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
536@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
537@ifset SCORE
538
539@emph{Target SCORE options:}
540 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
541 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
542 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
543 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
544@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
545@ifset SPARC
546
547@emph{Target SPARC options:}
548@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
549 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
550 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
551 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
552 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
553 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
554 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
555 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
556 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
557 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
558 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
559 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
560 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
561 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 562 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 563 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
564@end ifset
565@ifset TIC54X
566
567@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 568 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
569 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
570@end ifset
40b36596
JM
571@ifset TIC6X
572
573@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
574 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
575 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
576 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 577@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
578@ifset TILEGX
579
580@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 581 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
582@end ifset
583@ifset TILEPRO
584@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
585@end ifset
b6605ddd 586@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 587
b6605ddd
EB
588@emph{Target Visium options:}
589 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
590@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
591@ifset XTENSA
592
593@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
594 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
595 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
596 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
597 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
598 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 599 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 600@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
601@ifset Z80
602
603@emph{Target Z80 options:}
604 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
605 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
606 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
607 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
608 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
609 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
610 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
611@end ifset
a4fb0134 612@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 613
a4fb0134 614@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 615@end ifset
e0001a05 616
0285c67d 617@c man end
252b5132
RH
618@end smallexample
619
0285c67d
NC
620@c man begin OPTIONS
621
a4fb0134 622@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 623@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 624
83f10cb2 625@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
626Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
627
a4fb0134 628@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
629@item -ac
630omit false conditionals
631
632@item -ad
633omit debugging directives
634
83f10cb2
NC
635@item -ag
636include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
637
252b5132
RH
638@item -ah
639include high-level source
640
641@item -al
642include assembly
643
644@item -am
645include macro expansions
646
647@item -an
648omit forms processing
649
650@item -as
651include symbols
652
653@item =file
654set the name of the listing file
655@end table
656
657You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
658listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
659the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
660
caa32fe5 661@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
662Begin in alternate macro mode.
663@ifclear man
664@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
665@end ifclear
caa32fe5 666
955974c6 667@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
668Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
669ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
670linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
671given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 672
151411f8
L
673@ifset ELF
674@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
675@item --compress-debug-sections=none
676@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
677@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
678@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
679These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
680@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
681@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
682@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 683@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 684@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
685@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
686sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
687@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
688@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
689
151411f8
L
690@end ifset
691
955974c6 692@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
693Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
694targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
695override this.
955974c6 696
252b5132
RH
697@item -D
698Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
699other assemblers.
700
3d6b762c
JM
701@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
702When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
703information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
704
252b5132
RH
705@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
706Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
707@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
708indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
709value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
710use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
711
712@item -f
713``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
714compiler output).
715
329e276d
NC
716@item -g
717@itemx --gen-debug
718Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
719debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
720ECOFF or DWARF2.
721
252b5132
RH
722@item --gstabs
723Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
724may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
725
05da4302
NC
726@item --gstabs+
727Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
728extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
729debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
730may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
731the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
732
329e276d 733@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 734Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 735may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 736option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 737
b40bf0a2
NC
738@item --gdwarf-sections
739Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
740.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
741corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
742will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
743@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
744then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
745suffix.
746
b8871f35 747@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
748@item --size-check=error
749@itemx --size-check=warning
750Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
751
b8871f35
L
752@item --elf-stt-common=no
753@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
754These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
755symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
756by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
757@end ifset
758
252b5132
RH
759@item --help
760Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
761
ea20a7da
CC
762@item --target-help
763Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
764
252b5132
RH
765@item -I @var{dir}
766Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
767
768@item -J
769Don't warn about signed overflow.
770
771@item -K
772@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
773This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
774@end ifclear
775@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
776Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
777@end ifset
778
779@item -L
780@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
781Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
782system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
783or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
784@ifclear man
785@xref{Symbol Names}.
786@end ifclear
252b5132 787
c3a27914
NC
788@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
789Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
790listing to @var{number}.
791
792@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
793Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
794lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
795
796@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
797Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
798@var{number} bytes.
799
800@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
801Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
802to @var{number} + 1.
803
2edb36e7
NC
804@item --no-pad-sections
805Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
806of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
807which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
808
252b5132 809@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 810Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
811
812@item -R
813Fold the data section into the text section.
814
d60646b9 815@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
816Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
817@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
818assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
819memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
820requirements at the expense of speed.
821
822@item --reduce-memory-overheads
823This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
824assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
825@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
826
451133ce
NP
827@ifset ELF
828@item --sectname-subst
829Honor substitution sequences in section names.
830@ifclear man
831@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
832@end ifclear
833@end ifset
834
252b5132
RH
835@item --statistics
836Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
837assembly.
838
839@item --strip-local-absolute
840Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
841
842@item -v
843@itemx -version
a4fb0134 844Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
845
846@item --version
a4fb0134 847Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
848
849@item -W
2bdd6cf5 850@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
851Suppress warning messages.
852
2bdd6cf5
GK
853@item --fatal-warnings
854Treat warnings as errors.
855
856@item --warn
857Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
858
252b5132
RH
859@item -w
860Ignored.
861
862@item -x
863Ignored.
864
865@item -Z
866Generate an object file even after errors.
867
868@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
869Standard input, or source files to assemble.
870
871@end table
2a633939
JM
872@c man end
873
a06ea964
NC
874@ifset AARCH64
875
876@ifclear man
877@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
878for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
879@end ifclear
880
881@ifset man
882@c man begin OPTIONS
883The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
88464-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
885@c man end
886@c man begin INCLUDE
887@include c-aarch64.texi
888@c ended inside the included file
889@end ifset
890
891@end ifset
892
2a633939
JM
893@ifset ALPHA
894
895@ifclear man
896@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
897for an Alpha processor.
898@end ifclear
899
900@ifset man
901@c man begin OPTIONS
902The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
903processor.
904@c man end
905@c man begin INCLUDE
906@include c-alpha.texi
907@c ended inside the included file
908@end ifset
909
910@end ifset
252b5132 911
2a633939 912@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 913@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
914The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
915processor.
252b5132 916
a4fb0134 917@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 918@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
919This option selects the core processor variant.
920@item -EB | -EL
921Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
922@item -mcode-density
923Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
924@end table
925@end ifset
926
927@ifset ARM
928The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
929processor family.
930
a4fb0134 931@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 932@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 933Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 934@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 935Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 936@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 937Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
938@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
939Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
940@item -mthumb
941Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 942@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
943Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
944@item -EB | -EL
945Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
946@item -mthumb-interwork
947Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
948ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
949@item -mccs
950Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
951@item -k
952Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
953@end table
954@end ifset
635fb38d 955@c man end
252b5132 956
9982501a 957@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
958
959@ifclear man
960@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
961configured for the Blackfin processor family.
962@end ifclear
963
964@ifset man
965@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
966The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
967the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
968@c man end
969@c man begin INCLUDE
970@include c-bfin.texi
971@c ended inside the included file
972@end ifset
9982501a 973
9982501a
JZ
974@end ifset
975
635fb38d 976@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
977@ifset CRIS
978See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
979@end ifset
980
252b5132
RH
981@ifset D10V
982The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
983a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 984@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
985@cindex D10V optimization
986@cindex optimization, D10V
987@item -O
988Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
989@end table
990@end ifset
991
992@ifset D30V
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
994processor.
a4fb0134 995@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
996@cindex D30V optimization
997@cindex optimization, D30V
998@item -O
999Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1000
1001@cindex D30V nops
1002@item -n
1003Warn when nops are generated.
1004
1005@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1006@item -N
1007Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1008@end table
1009@end ifset
731caf76
L
1010@c man end
1011
cfb8c092
NC
1012@ifset EPIPHANY
1013The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1014Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1015
56b13185
JR
1016@ifclear man
1017@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1018configured for an Epiphany processor.
1019@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1020
56b13185
JR
1021@ifset man
1022@c man begin OPTIONS
1023The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1024an Epiphany processor.
1025@c man end
1026@c man begin INCLUDE
1027@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1028@c ended inside the included file
1029@end ifset
1030
1031@end ifset
1032
1033@ifset H8300
1034
1035@ifclear man
1036@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1037for an H8/300 processor.
1038@end ifclear
1039
1040@ifset man
1041@c man begin OPTIONS
1042The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1043processor.
1044@c man end
1045@c man begin INCLUDE
1046@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1047@c ended inside the included file
1048@end ifset
cfb8c092 1049
cfb8c092
NC
1050@end ifset
1051
731caf76 1052@ifset I80386
252b5132 1053
731caf76
L
1054@ifclear man
1055@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1056configured for an i386 processor.
1057@end ifclear
1058
1059@ifset man
1060@c man begin OPTIONS
1061The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1062an i386 processor.
1063@c man end
1064@c man begin INCLUDE
1065@include c-i386.texi
1066@c ended inside the included file
1067@end ifset
1068
1069@end ifset
1070
1071@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1072@ifset I960
1073The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1074Intel 80960 processor.
1075
a4fb0134 1076@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1077@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1078Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1079
1080@item -b
1081Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1082
1083@item -no-relax
1084Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1085error if necessary.
1086
1087@end table
1088@end ifset
1089
a40cbfa3
NC
1090@ifset IP2K
1091The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1092Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1093
1094@table @gcctabopt
1095
1096@item -mip2022ext
1097Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1098
1099@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1100Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1101just the basic IP2022 ones.
1102
1103@end table
1104@end ifset
1105
49f58d10
JB
1106@ifset M32C
1107The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1108Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1109
1110@table @gcctabopt
1111
1112@item -m32c
1113Assemble M32C instructions.
1114
1115@item -m16c
1116Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1117
c54b5932
DD
1118@item -relax
1119Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1120
1121@item -h-tick-hex
1122Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1123
49f58d10
JB
1124@end table
1125@end ifset
1126
ec694b89
NC
1127@ifset M32R
1128The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1129Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1130
a4fb0134 1131@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1132
1133@item --m32rx
1134Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1135is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1136
1137@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1138Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1139encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1140
1141@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1142Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1143encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1144
1145@end table
1146@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1147
1148@ifset M680X0
1149The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1150Motorola 68000 series.
1151
a4fb0134 1152@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1153
1154@item -l
1155Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1156
0285c67d
NC
1157@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1158@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1159@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1160Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1161is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1162
1163@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1164The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1165The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1166the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1167two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1168coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1169
1170@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1171The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1172unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1173
1174@end table
1175@end ifset
1176
36591ba1
SL
1177@ifset NIOSII
1178
1179@ifclear man
1180@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1181for an Altera Nios II processor.
1182@end ifclear
1183
1184@ifset man
1185@c man begin OPTIONS
1186The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1187Altera Nios II processor.
1188@c man end
1189@c man begin INCLUDE
1190@include c-nios2.texi
1191@c ended inside the included file
1192@end ifset
1193@end ifset
1194
e135f41b
NC
1195@ifset PDP11
1196
1197For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1198see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1199
a4fb0134 1200@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1201@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1202Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1203default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1204
1205@item -mall
1206@itemx -mall-extensions
1207Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1208
1209@item -mno-extensions
1210Disable all instruction set extensions.
1211
1212@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1213Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1214
1215@item -m@var{cpu}
1216Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1217disable all other extensions.
1218
1219@item -m@var{machine}
1220Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1221model, and disable all other extensions.
1222@end table
1223
1224@end ifset
1225
041dd5a9
ILT
1226@ifset PJ
1227The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1228a picoJava processor.
1229
a4fb0134 1230@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1231
1232@cindex PJ endianness
1233@cindex endianness, PJ
1234@cindex big endian output, PJ
1235@item -mb
1236Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1237
1238@cindex little endian output, PJ
1239@item -ml
1240Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1241
1242@end table
1243@end ifset
1244
93f11b16
DD
1245@ifset PRU
1246
1247@ifclear man
1248@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1249for a PRU processor.
1250@end ifclear
1251
1252@ifset man
1253@c man begin OPTIONS
1254The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1255PRU processor.
1256@c man end
1257@c man begin INCLUDE
1258@include c-pru.texi
1259@c ended inside the included file
1260@end ifset
1261@end ifset
1262
60bcf0fa
NC
1263@ifset M68HC11
1264The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1265Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1266
a4fb0134 1267@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1268
6927f982 1269@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1270Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1271defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1272
6927f982
NC
1273@item --xgate-ramoffset
1274Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1275XGATE address space.
1276
2f904664
SC
1277@item -mshort
1278Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1279
1280@item -mlong
01642c12 1281Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1282
1283@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1284Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1285
1286@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1287Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1288
1370e33d 1289@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1290Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1291conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1292sub routine.
1293
1370e33d
NC
1294@item -S | --short-branches
1295Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1296when the offset is out of range.
1297
1298@item --strict-direct-mode
1299Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1300when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1301
1302@item --print-insn-syntax
1303Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1304
1305@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1306Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1307
1308@item --generate-example
6927f982 1309Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1310This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1311
1312@end table
1313@end ifset
1314
252b5132 1315@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1316The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1317for the SPARC architecture:
1318
a4fb0134 1319@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1320@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1321@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1322Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1323
1324@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1325@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1326
1327@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1328UltraSPARC extensions.
1329
1330@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1331For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1332equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1333
1334@item -bump
1335Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1336@end table
1337@end ifset
1338
39bec121
TW
1339@ifset TIC54X
1340The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1341architecture.
39bec121 1342
a4fb0134 1343@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1344@item -mfar-mode
1345Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1346extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1347@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1348Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1349@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1350Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1351behaviour in the shell.
1352@end table
1353@end ifset
1354
252b5132 1355@ifset MIPS
73201331 1356@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1357The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1358a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1359
a4fb0134 1360@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1361@item -G @var{num}
1362This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1363implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1364use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1365
1366@cindex MIPS endianness
1367@cindex endianness, MIPS
1368@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1369@item -EB
1370Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1371
1372@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1373@item -EL
1374Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1375
1376@cindex MIPS ISA
1377@item -mips1
1378@itemx -mips2
1379@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1380@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1381@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1382@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1383@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1384@itemx -mips32r3
1385@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1386@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1387@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1388@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1389@itemx -mips64r3
1390@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1391@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1392Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1393@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1394alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1395@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1396@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1397@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1398@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1399MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1400Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1401MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1402
98508b2a
RS
1403@item -march=@var{cpu}
1404Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1405
1406@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1407Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1408
1409@item -mfix7000
1410@itemx -mno-fix7000
1411Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1412of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1413
a8d14a88
CM
1414@item -mfix-rm7000
1415@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1416Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1417followed by a load instruction.
1418
ecb4347a
DJ
1419@item -mdebug
1420@itemx -no-mdebug
1421Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1422section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1423
dcd410fe
RO
1424@item -mpdr
1425@itemx -mno-pdr
1426Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1427
437ee9d5
TS
1428@item -mgp32
1429@itemx -mfp32
1430The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1431flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1432all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1433and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1434
351cdf24
MF
1435@item -mgp64
1436@itemx -mfp64
1437The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1438flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1439all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1440and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1441
1442@item -mfpxx
1443The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1444this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1445which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
144632 or 64 bits wide.
1447
1448@item -modd-spreg
1449@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1450Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1451registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1452@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1453
437ee9d5
TS
1454@item -mips16
1455@itemx -no-mips16
1456Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1457@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1458turns off this option.
252b5132 1459
25499ac7
MR
1460@item -mmips16e2
1461@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1462Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1463to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1464@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1465
df58fc94
RS
1466@item -mmicromips
1467@itemx -mno-micromips
1468Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1469@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1470@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1471@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1472
e16bfa71
TS
1473@item -msmartmips
1474@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1475Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1476equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1477file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1478
1f25f5d3
CD
1479@item -mips3d
1480@itemx -no-mips3d
1481Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1482This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1483@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1484
deec1734
CD
1485@item -mdmx
1486@itemx -no-mdmx
1487Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1488This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1489@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1490
2ef2b9ae
CF
1491@item -mdsp
1492@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1493Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1494This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1495@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1496
8b082fb1
TS
1497@item -mdspr2
1498@itemx -mno-dspr2
1499Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1500This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1501This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1502@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1503
8f4f9071
MF
1504@item -mdspr3
1505@itemx -mno-dspr3
1506Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1507This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1508This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1509@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1510
56d438b1
CF
1511@item -mmsa
1512@itemx -mno-msa
1513Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1514This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1515@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1516
7d64c587
AB
1517@item -mxpa
1518@itemx -mno-xpa
1519Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1520This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1521@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1522
ef2e4d86
CF
1523@item -mmt
1524@itemx -mno-mt
1525Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1526This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1527@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1528
dec0624d
MR
1529@item -mmcu
1530@itemx -mno-mcu
1531Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1532This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1533@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1534
833794fc
MR
1535@item -minsn32
1536@itemx -mno-insn32
1537Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1538microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1539instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1540the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1541option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1542start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1543selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1544
437ee9d5
TS
1545@item --construct-floats
1546@itemx --no-construct-floats
1547The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1548double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1549value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1550the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1551selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1552
3bf0dbfb
MR
1553@item --relax-branch
1554@itemx --no-relax-branch
1555The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1556branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1557out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1558
8b10b0b3
MR
1559@item -mignore-branch-isa
1560@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1561Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1562semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1563most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1564same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1565checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1566modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1567default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1568branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1569
ba92f887
MR
1570@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1571Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1572(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1573
252b5132
RH
1574@cindex emulation
1575@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1576This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1577on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1578removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1579It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1580
1581The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1582@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1583is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1584big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1585preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1586
1587@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1588@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1589the native tools.
1590
252b5132
RH
1591@item --trap
1592@itemx --no-trap
1593@itemx --break
1594@itemx --no-break
1595Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1596@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1597(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1598@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1599break exception.
63486801
L
1600
1601@item -n
a4fb0134 1602When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1603time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1604@end table
73201331 1605@c man end
252b5132
RH
1606@end ifset
1607
1608@ifset MCORE
1609The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1610an MCore processor.
1611
a4fb0134 1612@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1613@item -jsri2bsr
1614@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1615Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1616The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1617
1618@item -sifilter
1619@itemx -nosifilter
1620Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1621The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1622
1623@item -relax
1624Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1625
ec694b89
NC
1626@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1627Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1628can be assembled.
1629
1630@item -EB
1631Assemble for a big endian target.
1632
1633@item -EL
1634Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1635
1636@end table
1637@end ifset
a3c62988 1638@c man end
252b5132 1639
a3c62988
NC
1640@ifset METAG
1641
1642@ifclear man
1643@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1644for a Meta processor.
1645@end ifclear
1646
1647@ifset man
1648@c man begin OPTIONS
1649The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1650Meta processor.
1651@c man end
1652@c man begin INCLUDE
1653@include c-metag.texi
1654@c ended inside the included file
1655@end ifset
1656
1657@end ifset
1658
1659@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1660@ifset MMIX
1661See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1662@end ifset
1663
35c08157
KLC
1664@ifset NDS32
1665
1666@ifclear man
1667@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1668for a NDS32 processor.
1669@end ifclear
1670@c ended inside the included file
1671@end ifset
1672
1673@ifset man
1674@c man begin OPTIONS
1675The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1676NDS32 processor.
1677@c man end
1678@c man begin INCLUDE
1679@include c-nds32.texi
1680@c ended inside the included file
1681@end ifset
1682
635fb38d 1683@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1684@ifset PPC
1685
1686@ifclear man
1687@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1688for a PowerPC processor.
1689@end ifclear
1690
1691@ifset man
1692@c man begin OPTIONS
1693The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1694PowerPC processor.
1695@c man end
1696@c man begin INCLUDE
1697@include c-ppc.texi
1698@c ended inside the included file
1699@end ifset
1700
1701@end ifset
1702
e23eba97
NC
1703@ifset RISCV
1704
1705@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1706@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1707for a RISC-V processor.
1708@end ifclear
1709
1710@ifset man
1711@c man begin OPTIONS
1712The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1713RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1714@c man end
1715@c man begin INCLUDE
1716@include c-riscv.texi
1717@c ended inside the included file
1718@end ifset
1719
1720@end ifset
1721
635fb38d 1722@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1723@ifset RX
1724See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1725@end ifset
1726
11c19e16
MS
1727@ifset S390
1728The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1729processor family.
1730
1731@table @gcctabopt
1732@item -m31
1733@itemx -m64
1734Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1735@item -mesa
1736@item -mzarch
1737Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1738Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1739@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1740Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1741@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1742@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1743@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1744@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1745@item -mregnames
1746@itemx -mno-regnames
1747Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1748@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1749Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1750but evaluates to zero.
1751@end table
1752@end ifset
2a633939 1753@c man end
11c19e16 1754
40b36596 1755@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1756
1757@ifclear man
1758@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1759for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1760@end ifclear
1761
1762@ifset man
1763@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1764The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1765TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1766@c man end
1767@c man begin INCLUDE
1768@include c-tic6x.texi
1769@c ended inside the included file
1770@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1771
1772@end ifset
1773
aa137e4d
NC
1774@ifset TILEGX
1775
1776@ifclear man
1777@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1778for a TILE-Gx processor.
1779@end ifclear
1780
1781@ifset man
1782@c man begin OPTIONS
1783The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1784processor.
1785@c man end
1786@c man begin INCLUDE
1787@include c-tilegx.texi
1788@c ended inside the included file
1789@end ifset
1790
1791@end ifset
1792
b6605ddd
EB
1793@ifset VISIUM
1794
1795@ifclear man
1796@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1797for a Visium processor.
1798@end ifclear
1799
1800@ifset man
1801@c man begin OPTIONS
1802The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1803processor.
1804@c man end
1805@c man begin INCLUDE
1806@include c-visium.texi
1807@c ended inside the included file
1808@end ifset
1809
1810@end ifset
1811
e0001a05 1812@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1813
2d8b84ae
SA
1814@ifclear man
1815@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1816for an Xtensa processor.
1817@end ifclear
1818
1819@ifset man
1820@c man begin OPTIONS
1821The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1822Xtensa processor.
1823@c man end
1824@c man begin INCLUDE
1825@include c-xtensa.texi
1826@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1827@end ifset
1828
2d8b84ae
SA
1829@end ifset
1830
1831@c man begin OPTIONS
1832
3c9b82ba
NC
1833@ifset Z80
1834The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1835a Z80 family processor.
1836@table @gcctabopt
1837@item -z80
1838Assemble for Z80 processor.
1839@item -r800
1840Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1841@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1842@itemx -Wnud
1843Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1844@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1845@itemx -Wnup
1846Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1847@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1848@itemx -Wud
1849Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1850@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1851@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1852Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1853@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1854@itemx -Fud
1855Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1856@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1857@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1858Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1859@end table
1860@end ifset
1861
0285c67d
NC
1862@c man end
1863
252b5132
RH
1864@menu
1865* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1866* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1867* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1868* Command Line:: Command Line
1869* Input Files:: Input Files
1870* Object:: Output (Object) File
1871* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1872@end menu
1873
1874@node Manual
1875@section Structure of this Manual
1876
1877@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1878This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1879@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1880notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1881@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1882
1883@ifclear GENERIC
1884We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1885configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1886@end ifclear
1887@ifset GENERIC
1888This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1889various flavors of the assembler.
1890@end ifset
1891
1892@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1893On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1894to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1895In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1896architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1897mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1898particular architecture.
1899@ifset GENERIC
1900You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1901machine architecture manual for this information.
1902@end ifset
1903@ifclear GENERIC
1904@ifset H8/300
1905For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1906Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1907Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1908@end ifset
252b5132 1909@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1910For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1911see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1912@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1913@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1914@end ifset
1915@ifset Z8000
1916For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1917@end ifset
1918@end ifclear
1919
1920@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1921@ignore
1922Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1923the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1924Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1925computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1926once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1927qualification.
1928
a4fb0134 1929@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1930human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1931computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1932@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1933@end ignore
1934
1935@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1936@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1937@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1938@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1939@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1940@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1941@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1942@c directives).
1943
1944@node GNU Assembler
1945@section The GNU Assembler
1946
0285c67d
NC
1947@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1948
a4fb0134 1949@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1950@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1951This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1952configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1953@end ifclear
1954If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1955should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1956architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1957including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1958@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1959
1960@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1961@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1962@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1963@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1964assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1965machine would assemble.
1966@ifset VAX
1967Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1968@end ifset
1969@ifset M680X0
1970@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1971@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1972This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1973assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1974incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1975@end ifset
1976
0285c67d
NC
1977@c man end
1978
a4fb0134 1979Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1980program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1981@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1982
1983@node Object Formats
1984@section Object File Formats
1985
1986@cindex object file format
1987The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1988object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1989write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1990are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1991Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1992@ifclear GENERIC
1993@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1994For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1995@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1996@end ifclear
1997@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1998@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1999On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2000@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
2001@end ifset
2002@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2003On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2004SOM or ELF format object files.
2005@end ifset
2006@end ifclear
2007
2008@node Command Line
2009@section Command Line
2010
2011@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2012
a4fb0134 2013After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2014options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2015before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2016significant.
2017
2018@cindex standard input, as input file
2019@kindex --
2020@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2021explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2022
2023@cindex options, command line
2024Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
2025hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2026@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2027option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2028the letter is important. All options are optional.
2029
2030Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2031name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2032with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2033standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2034
2035@smallexample
2036@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2037@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2038@end smallexample
2039
2040@node Input Files
2041@section Input Files
2042
2043@cindex input
2044@cindex source program
2045@cindex files, input
2046We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2047describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2048be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2049doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2050
2051@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2052@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2053The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2054order specified.
2055
0285c67d 2056@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2057Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2058program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2059(The standard input is also a file.)
2060
a4fb0134 2061You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2062names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2063command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2064is taken to be an input file name.
2065
a4fb0134
SC
2066If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2067from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2068may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2069to assemble.
2070
2071Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2072in your command line.
2073
a4fb0134 2074If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2075file.
2076
0285c67d
NC
2077@c man end
2078
252b5132
RH
2079@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2080
2081@cindex input file linenumbers
2082@cindex line numbers, in input files
2083There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2084either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2085number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2086``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2087
2088@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2089to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2090
2091@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2092directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2093error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2094is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2095@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2096@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2097
2098@node Object
2099@section Output (Object) File
2100
2101@cindex object file
2102@cindex output file
2103@kindex a.out
2104@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2105Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2106your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2107is the object file. Its default name is
2108@ifclear BOUT
2109@code{a.out}.
2110@end ifclear
2111@ifset BOUT
2112@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2113@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2114@end ifset
a4fb0134 2115@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2116@end ifset
a4fb0134 2117You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2118object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2119reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2120directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2121possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2122
2123@cindex linker
2124@kindex ld
2125The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2126assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2127the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2128information for the debugger.
2129
2130@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2131@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2132
2133@node Errors
2134@section Error and Warning Messages
2135
0285c67d
NC
2136@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2137
a349d9dd 2138@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2139@cindex warning messages
2140@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2141@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2142file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2143runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2144that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2145grave problem that stops the assembly.
2146
0285c67d
NC
2147@c man end
2148
252b5132
RH
2149@cindex format of warning messages
2150Warning messages have the format
2151
2152@smallexample
2153file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2154@end smallexample
2155
2156@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2157@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2158(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2159(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2160@ifset GENERIC
2161(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2162@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2163have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2164in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2165intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2166
2167Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2168directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2169
2170@smallexample
2171 .file 2 "bar.c"
2172 error_assembler_source
2173 .file "foo.c"
2174 .line 30
2175 error_c_source
2176@end smallexample
2177
2178produces this output:
2179
2180@smallexample
2181 Assembler messages:
2182 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2183 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2184@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2185
2186@cindex format of error messages
2187Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2188
252b5132
RH
2189@smallexample
2190file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2191@end smallexample
72e0b254 2192
252b5132
RH
2193The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2194messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2195because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2196
2197@node Invoking
2198@chapter Command-Line Options
2199
2200@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2201This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2202versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2203for options specific
252b5132 2204@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2205to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2206@end ifclear
2207@ifset GENERIC
2208to particular machine architectures.
2209@end ifset
2210
0285c67d
NC
2211@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2212
c1253627 2213If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2214you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2215The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2216by commas. For example:
2217
2218@smallexample
2219gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2220@end smallexample
2221
2222@noindent
2223This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2224standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2225local symbols in the symbol table).
2226
2227Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2228command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2229(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2230precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2231assembler.)
2232
0285c67d
NC
2233@c man end
2234
252b5132 2235@menu
83f10cb2 2236* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2237* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2238* D:: -D for compatibility
2239* f:: -f to work faster
2240* I:: -I for .include search path
2241@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2242* K:: -K for compatibility
2243@end ifclear
2244@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2245* K:: -K for difference tables
2246@end ifset
2247
ba83aca1 2248* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2249* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2250* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2251* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2252* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2253* o:: -o to name the object file
2254* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2255* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2256* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2257* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2258* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2259* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2260@end menu
2261
2262@node a
83f10cb2 2263@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2264
2265@kindex -a
2266@kindex -ac
2267@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2268@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2269@kindex -ah
2270@kindex -al
2271@kindex -an
2272@kindex -as
2273@cindex listings, enabling
2274@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2275
2276These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2277@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2278You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2279@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2280@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2281@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2282High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2283@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2284also.
2285
83f10cb2
NC
2286Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2287information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2288
252b5132
RH
2289Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2290which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2291other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2292omitted from the listing.
2293
2294Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2295listing.
2296
2297Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2298listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2299@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2300@code{.sbttl}.
2301The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2302If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2303listing-control directives have no effect.
2304
2305The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2306@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2307
96e9638b
BW
2308Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2309because it
c3a27914
NC
2310is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2311is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2312directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2313stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2314memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2315
caa32fe5
NC
2316@node alternate
2317@section @option{--alternate}
2318
2319@kindex --alternate
2320Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2321
252b5132 2322@node D
a4fb0134 2323@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2324
2325@kindex -D
2326This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2327likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2328@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2329
2330@node f
a4fb0134 2331@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2332
2333@kindex -f
2334@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2335@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2336@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2337(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2338and comment preprocessing on
2339the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2340,Preprocessing}.
2341
2342@quotation
2343@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2344preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2345not work correctly.
2346@end quotation
2347
2348@node I
c1253627 2349@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2350
2351@kindex -I @var{path}
2352@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2353@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2354@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2355Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2356@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2357directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2358many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2359working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2360searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2361specified (left to right) on the command line.
2362
2363@node K
a4fb0134 2364@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2365
2366@kindex -K
2367@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2368On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2369permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2370where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2371generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2372family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2373alteration on other platforms.
2374@end ifclear
2375
2376@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2377@cindex difference tables, warning
2378@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2379@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2380form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2381You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2382is done.
2383@end ifset
2384
2385@node L
ba83aca1 2386@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2387
2388@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2389@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2390Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2391@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2392called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2393such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2394programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2395notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2396such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2397
2398This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2399in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2400@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2401
c3a27914 2402@node listing
a4fb0134 2403@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2404
2405The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2406@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2407hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2408them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2409directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2410@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2411@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2412@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2413
a4fb0134 2414@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2415@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2416@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2417@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2418Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2419dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2420
2421@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2422@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2423@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2424Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2425a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2426the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2427switch is used the default is to one.
2428
2429@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2430@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2431@cindex Width of source line output
2432Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2433alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2434source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2435
2436@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2437@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2438@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2439Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2440displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2441@end table
2442
252b5132 2443@node M
a4fb0134 2444@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2445
2446@kindex -M
2447@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2448The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2449changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2450compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2451configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2452MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2453information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2454arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2455assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2456
2457The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2458depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2459file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2460individually. These are:
2461
2462@itemize @bullet
2463@item global symbols in common section
2464
2465The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2466Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2467common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2468symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2469symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2470
2471@item complex relocations
2472
2473The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2474relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2475are not support by other object file formats.
2476
2477@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2478
2479The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2480This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2481instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2482script.
2483
2484@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2485
2486The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2487name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2488
2489@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2490
2491The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2492address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2493which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2494not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2495assigned within a linker script.
2496@end itemize
2497
2498There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2499@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2500seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2501
2502@itemize @bullet
2503
2504@item EBCDIC strings
2505
2506EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2507
2508@item packed binary coded decimal
2509
2510Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2511and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2512
2513@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2514
2515The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2516
2517@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2518
2519The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2520
2521@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2522
2523The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2524@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2525relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2526these options serve no purpose.
2527
2528@item @code{OPT} list control options
2529
2530The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2531@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2532@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2533
2534@item other @code{OPT} options
2535
2536The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2537@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2538
2539@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2540
2541The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2542@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2543
2544@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2545
2546The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2547
2548@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2549
2550The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2551
2552@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2553
2554The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2555
2556@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2557
2558The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2559
2560@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2561
2562The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2563
2564@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2565
2566The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2567
2568@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2569
2570The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2571
2572@end itemize
2573
2574@node MD
c1253627 2575@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2576
2577@kindex --MD
2578@cindex dependency tracking
2579@cindex make rules
2580
a4fb0134 2581@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2582file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2583dependencies of the main source file.
2584
2585The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2586
2587This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2588
2edb36e7
NC
2589@node no-pad-sections
2590@section Output Section Padding
2591@kindex --no-pad-sections
2592@cindex output section padding
2593Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2594alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2595memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2596disable this behaviour.
2597
252b5132 2598@node o
a4fb0134 2599@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2600
2601@kindex -o
2602@cindex naming object file
2603@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2604There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2605default it has the name
2606@ifset GENERIC
2607@ifset I960
2608@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2609@end ifset
2610@ifclear I960
2611@file{a.out}.
2612@end ifclear
2613@end ifset
2614@ifclear GENERIC
2615@ifset I960
2616@file{b.out}.
2617@end ifset
2618@ifclear I960
2619@file{a.out}.
2620@end ifclear
2621@end ifclear
2622You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2623object file a different name.
2624
a4fb0134 2625Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2626existing file of the same name.
2627
2628@node R
a4fb0134 2629@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2630
2631@kindex -R
2632@cindex data and text sections, joining
2633@cindex text and data sections, joining
2634@cindex joining text and data sections
2635@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2636@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2637data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2638the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2639section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2640your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2641appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2642
a4fb0134 2643When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2644address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2645data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2646older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2647
c1253627
NC
2648@ifset COFF-ELF
2649When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2650this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2651@samp{.data}.
2652@end ifset
2653
2654@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2655@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2656@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2657@end ifset
2658
2659@node statistics
a4fb0134 2660@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2661
2662@kindex --statistics
2663@cindex statistics, about assembly
2664@cindex time, total for assembly
2665@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2666Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2667@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2668(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2669seconds).
2670
2671@node traditional-format
c1253627 2672@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2673
2674@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2675For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2676from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2677@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2678
2679For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2680@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2681
2682@node v
a4fb0134 2683@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2684
2685@kindex -v
2686@kindex -version
2687@cindex assembler version
2688@cindex version of assembler
2689You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2690option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2691command line.
2692
2693@node W
a4fb0134 2694@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2695
a4fb0134 2696@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2697assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2698cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2699made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2700
c1253627
NC
2701@kindex -W
2702@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2703@cindex suppressing warnings
2704@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2705If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2706This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2707how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2708are still reported.
2709
c1253627 2710@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2711@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2712@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2713If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2714files that generate warnings to be in error.
2715
c1253627 2716@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2717@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2718You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2719causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2720
2721@node Z
a4fb0134 2722@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2723@cindex object file, after errors
2724@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2725After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2726some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2727@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2728option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2729writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2730errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2731
2732@node Syntax
2733@chapter Syntax
2734
2735@cindex machine-independent syntax
2736@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2737This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2738source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2739assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2740@ifclear VAX
2741assembler.
2742@end ifclear
2743@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2744assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2745@end ifset
2746
2747@menu
7c31ae13 2748* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2749* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2750* Comments:: Comments
2751* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2752* Statements:: Statements
2753* Constants:: Constants
2754@end menu
2755
2756@node Preprocessing
2757@section Preprocessing
2758
2759@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2760The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2761@itemize @bullet
2762@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2763@item
2764adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2765the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2766a single space.
2767
2768@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2769@item
2770removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2771appropriate number of newlines.
2772
2773@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2774@item
2775converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2776@end itemize
2777
2778It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2779anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2780do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2781(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2782to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2783@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2784Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2785
2786Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2787cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2788preprocessed.
2789
2790@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2791@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2792@kindex #NO_APP
2793@kindex #APP
2794If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2795@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2796Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2797specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2798text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2799@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2800@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2801and whitespace.
2802
2803@node Whitespace
2804@section Whitespace
2805
2806@cindex whitespace
2807@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2808Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2809people to read. Unless within character constants
2810(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2811as exactly one space.
2812
2813@node Comments
2814@section Comments
2815
2816@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2817There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2818cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2819
2820Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2821This means you may not nest these comments.
2822
2823@smallexample
2824/*
2825 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2826 is to use this sort of comment.
2827*/
2828
2829/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2830@end smallexample
2831
2832@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2833Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2834considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2835specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2836line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2837line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2838comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2839upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2840@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2841
2842If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2843special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2844to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2845
2846@kindex #
2847@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2848@cindex logical line numbers
2849To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2850special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2851expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2852line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2853new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2854
2855If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2856the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2857
2858@smallexample
2859 # This is an ordinary comment.
2860# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2861 # This is logical line # 36.
2862@end smallexample
2863This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2864of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2865
2866@node Symbol Intro
2867@section Symbols
2868
2869@cindex characters used in symbols
2870@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2871A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2872letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2873@samp{_.$}.
2874@end ifclear
2875@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2876@ifclear GENERIC
2877@ifset H8
2878A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2879letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2880@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2881symbol names.)
2882@end ifset
2883@end ifclear
2884@end ifset
2885@ifset GENERIC
2886On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2887are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2888@end ifset
2889No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2890There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2891are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2892beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2893of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2894
2895Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2896cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2897quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2898backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2899@cindex length of symbols
2900
2901@node Statements
2902@section Statements
2903
2904@cindex statements, structure of
2905@cindex line separator character
2906@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2907
2908A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2909@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2910specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2911target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2912The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2913preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2914exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2915
2916@cindex newline, required at file end
2917@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2918It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2919character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2920
2921An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2922
2923@cindex instructions and directives
2924@cindex directives and instructions
2925@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2926@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2927@c 13feb91.
2928A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2929key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2930symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2931symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2932directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2933a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2934assembles into a machine language instruction.
2935@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2936Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2937recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2938represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2939language.@refill
2940@end ifset
2941
2942@cindex @code{:} (label)
2943@cindex label (@code{:})
2944A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2945Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2946have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2947
2948@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2949For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2950the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2951only one label may be defined on each line.
2952@end ifset
2953
2954@smallexample
2955label: .directive followed by something
2956another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2957 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2958@end smallexample
2959
2960@node Constants
2961@section Constants
2962
2963@cindex constants
2964A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2965inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2966@smallexample
2967@group
2968.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2969.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2970.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2971.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
297295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2973@end group
2974@end smallexample
2975
2976@menu
2977* Characters:: Character Constants
2978* Numbers:: Number Constants
2979@end menu
2980
2981@node Characters
2982@subsection Character Constants
2983
2984@cindex character constants
2985@cindex constants, character
2986There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2987for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2988numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2989@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2990used in arithmetic expressions.
2991
2992@menu
2993* Strings:: Strings
2994* Chars:: Characters
2995@end menu
2996
2997@node Strings
2998@subsubsection Strings
2999
3000@cindex string constants
3001@cindex constants, string
3002A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3003double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3004into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3005a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3006one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3007@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3008(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3009escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3010
3011@cindex escape codes, character
3012@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3013@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3014@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3015@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3016@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3017@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3018@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3019@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3020@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3021@table @kbd
3022@c @item \a
3023@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3024@c
361fa3a4 3025@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3026@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3027@item \b
3028Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3029
3030@c @item \e
3031@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3032@c
361fa3a4 3033@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3034@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3035@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3036Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3037
361fa3a4 3038@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3039@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3040@item \n
3041Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3042
3043@c @item \p
3044@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3045@c
361fa3a4
NC
3046@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3047@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3048@item \r
3049Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3050
3051@c @item \s
3052@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3053@c other assemblers.
3054@c
361fa3a4 3055@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3056@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3057@item \t
3058Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3059
3060@c @item \v
3061@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3062@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3063@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3064@c
361fa3a4 3065@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3066@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3067@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3068An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3069For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3070for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3071
361fa3a4 3072@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3073@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3074@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3075A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3076lower case @code{x} works.
3077
361fa3a4 3078@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3079@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3080@item \\
3081Represents one @samp{\} character.
3082
3083@c @item \'
3084@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3085@c This is needed in single character literals
3086@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3087@c a @samp{'}.
3088@c
361fa3a4 3089@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3090@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3091@item \"
3092Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3093this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3094
3095@item \ @var{anything-else}
3096Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3097assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3098you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3099interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3100other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3101code and warns you of the fact.
3102@end table
3103
3104Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3105varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3106the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3107compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3108sequence.
3109
3110@node Chars
3111@subsubsection Characters
3112
3113@cindex single character constant
3114@cindex character, single
3115@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3116A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3117that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3118@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3119as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3120character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3121the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3122accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3123@ifclear GENERIC
3124@ifclear abnormal-separator
3125(or semicolon @samp{;})
3126@end ifclear
3127@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3128@ifset H8
3129(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3130Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3131@end ifset
3132@end ifset
3133@end ifclear
3134immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3135and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3136constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3137that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3138@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3139
3140@node Numbers
3141@subsection Number Constants
3142
3143@cindex constants, number
3144@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3145@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3146are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3147would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3148integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3149are floating point numbers, described below.
3150
3151@menu
3152* Integers:: Integers
3153* Bignums:: Bignums
3154* Flonums:: Flonums
3155@ifclear GENERIC
3156@ifset I960
3157* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3158@end ifset
3159@end ifclear
3160@end menu
3161
3162@node Integers
3163@subsubsection Integers
3164@cindex integers
3165@cindex constants, integer
3166
3167@cindex binary integers
3168@cindex integers, binary
3169A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3170the binary digits @samp{01}.
3171
3172@cindex octal integers
3173@cindex integers, octal
3174An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3175digits (@samp{01234567}).
3176
3177@cindex decimal integers
3178@cindex integers, decimal
3179A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3180more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3181
3182@cindex hexadecimal integers
3183@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3184A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3185more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3186
3187Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3188the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3189(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3190
3191@node Bignums
3192@subsubsection Bignums
3193
3194@cindex bignums
3195@cindex constants, bignum
3196A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3197except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3198represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3199integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3200
3201@node Flonums
3202@subsubsection Flonums
3203@cindex flonums
3204@cindex floating point numbers
3205@cindex constants, floating point
3206
3207@cindex precision, floating point
3208A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3209indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3210@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3211sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3212to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3213portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3214
3215A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3216@itemize @bullet
3217@item
3218The digit @samp{0}.
3219@ifset HPPA
3220(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3221@end ifset
3222
3223@item
a4fb0134 3224A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3225@ifset GENERIC
3226@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3227@ignore
3228@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3229(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32304.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3231@end ignore
3232
7be1c489 3233On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3234and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3235one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3236
3237On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3238(in upper or lower case).
3239
3240On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3241one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3242
3243On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3244@end ifset
3245@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3246@ifset ARC
3247One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3248@end ifset
3249@ifset H8
3250One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3251@end ifset
3252@ifset HPPA
3253The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3254@end ifset
3255@ifset I960
3256One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3257@end ifset
3258@end ifclear
3259
3260@item
3261An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3262
3263@item
3264An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3265
3266@item
3267An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3268or more decimal digits.
3269
3270@item
3271An optional exponent, consisting of:
3272
3273@itemize @bullet
3274@item
3275An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3276@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3277@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3278@item
3279Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3280@item
3281One or more decimal digits.
3282@end itemize
3283
3284@end itemize
3285
3286At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3287present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3288
a4fb0134 3289@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3290independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3291@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3292
3293@ifclear GENERIC
3294@ifset I960
3295@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3296@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3297@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3298@node Bit Fields
3299@subsubsection Bit Fields
3300
3301@cindex bit fields
3302@cindex constants, bit field
3303You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3304Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3305@example
3306@var{mask}:@var{value}
3307@end example
3308@noindent
a4fb0134 3309@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3310@var{value}.
3311
3312The resulting number is then packed
3313@ifset GENERIC
3314@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3315(in host-dependent byte order)
3316@end ifset
3317into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3318bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3319requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3320more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3321least significant digits.@refill
3322
3323The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3324@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3325@end ifset
3326@end ifclear
3327
3328@node Sections
3329@chapter Sections and Relocation
3330@cindex sections
3331@cindex relocation
3332
3333@menu
3334* Secs Background:: Background
3335* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3336* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3337* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3338* bss:: bss Section
3339@end menu
3340
3341@node Secs Background
3342@section Background
3343
3344Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3345``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3346For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3347
3348@cindex linker, and assembler
3349@cindex assembler, and linker
3350The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3351combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3352emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3353@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3354different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3355oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3356sections.
3357
3358@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3359addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3360units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3361within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3362run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3363the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3364the proper run-time addresses.
3365@ifset H8
7be1c489 3366For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3367@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3368ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3369@end ifset
3370
3371@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3372An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3373of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3374@dfn{bss} sections.
3375
c1253627 3376@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3377@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3378When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3379@end ifset
a4fb0134 3380@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3381using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3382If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3383or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3384@end ifset
3385
3386@ifset HPPA
3387@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3388When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3389@end ifset
a4fb0134 3390@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3391specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3392@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3393(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3394assembler directives.
3395
3396@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3397Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3398text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3399is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3400BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3401@end ifset
3402@end ifset
3403
3404Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3405data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3406
3407@ifset HPPA
3408When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3409section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3410@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3411@end ifset
3412
3413To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3414relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3415object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3416@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3417file is mentioned:
3418@itemize @bullet
3419@item
3420Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3421an address?
3422@item
3423How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3424@item
3425Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3426@display
3427(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3428@end display
3429@item
3430Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3431@end itemize
3432
3433@cindex addresses, format of
3434@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3435In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3436@display
3437(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3438@end display
3439@noindent
a4fb0134 3440Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3441nature.
3442@ifset SOM
3443(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3444symbol-relative instead.)
3445@end ifset
3446
3447In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3448@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3449
3450Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3451@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3452addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3453@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3454@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3455data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3456their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3457part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3458address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3459
3460The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3461address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3462rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3463Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3464address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3465common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3466time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3467
3468By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3469the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3470sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3471customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3472the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3473data and bss sections.
3474
3475Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3476use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3477
3478@node Ld Sections
3479@section Linker Sections
3480@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3481
3482@table @strong
3483
c1253627 3484@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3485@cindex named sections
3486@cindex sections, named
3487@item named sections
3488@end ifset
3489@ifset aout-bout
3490@cindex text section
3491@cindex data section
3492@itemx text section
3493@itemx data section
3494@end ifset
a4fb0134 3495These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3496separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3497true of another.
3498@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3499When the program is running, however, it is
3500customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3501text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3502instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3503program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3504in the data section.
c1253627 3505@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3506
3507@cindex bss section
3508@item bss section
3509This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3510is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3511each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3512out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3513bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3514those explicit zeros from object files.
3515
3516@cindex absolute section
3517@item absolute section
3518Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3519This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3520not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3521addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3522
3523@cindex undefined section
3524@item undefined section
3525This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3526the preceding sections.
3527@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3528@end table
3529
3530@cindex relocation example
3531An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3532@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3533The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3534@end ifset
3535Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3536
3537@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3538@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3539@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3540@smallexample
3541 +-----+----+--+
3542partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3543 +-----+----+--+
3544
3545 text data bss
3546 seg. seg. seg.
3547
3548 +---+---+---+
3549partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3550 +---+---+---+
3551
3552 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3553linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3554 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3555
3556 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3557@end smallexample
3558@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3559@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3560@need 5000
3561@tex
c1253627 3562\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3563\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3564\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3565\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3566
3567\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3568\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3569\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3570
3571\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3572\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3573\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3574ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3575DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3576
3577\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3578\line{0\dots\hfil}
3579
3580@end tex
3581@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3582
3583@node As Sections
3584@section Assembler Internal Sections
3585
3586@cindex internal assembler sections
3587@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3588These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3589have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3590sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3591warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3592meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3593value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3594section-relative address.
3595
3596@table @b
3597@cindex assembler internal logic error
3598@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3599An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3600bug in the assembler.
3601
3602@cindex expr (internal section)
3603@item expr section
3604The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3605symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3606it in the expr section.
3607@c FIXME item debug
3608@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3609@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3610@c FIXME item register
3611@end table
3612
3613@node Sub-Sections
3614@section Sub-Sections
3615
3616@cindex numbered subsections
3617@cindex grouping data
3618@ifset aout-bout
3619Assembled bytes
c1253627 3620@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3621conventionally
3622@end ifset
3623fall into two sections: text and data.
3624@end ifset
3625You may have separate groups of
3626@ifset GENERIC
3627data in named sections
3628@end ifset
3629@ifclear GENERIC
3630@ifclear aout-bout
3631data in named sections
3632@end ifclear
3633@ifset aout-bout
3634text or data
3635@end ifset
3636@end ifclear
3637that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3638are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3639use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3640numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3641same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3642subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3643section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3644assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3645section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3646constants being output.
3647
3648Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3649goes in subsection number zero.
3650
3651@ifset GENERIC
3652Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3653(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3654of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3655@end ifset
3656@ifclear GENERIC
3657@ifset H8
7be1c489 3658On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3659boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3660The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3661@end ifset
3662@ifset I960
3663@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3664@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3665@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3666@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3667@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3668@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3669@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3670@end ifclear
3671
3672Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3673to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3674The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3675other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3676They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3677data subsections as a data section.
3678
3679To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3680into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3681@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3682@ifset COFF
252b5132 3683@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3684When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3685@end ifset
3686@ifclear GENERIC
3687You
3688@end ifclear
3689can also use an extra subsection
3690argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3691@var{expression}}.
3692@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3693@ifset ELF
3694@ifset GENERIC
3695When generating ELF output, you
3696@end ifset
3697@ifclear GENERIC
3698You
3699@end ifclear
3700can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3701to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3702@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3703@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3704(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3705is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3706begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3707@smallexample
3708.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3709.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3710.text 1
3711.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3712.data 0
3713.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3714.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3715.text 0
3716.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3717.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3718@end smallexample
3719
3720Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3721assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3722restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3723counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3724@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3725current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3726assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3727
3728@node bss
3729@section bss Section
3730
3731@cindex bss section
3732@cindex common variable storage
3733The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3734You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3735not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3736your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3737section are zeroed bytes.
3738
3739The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3740@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3741
3742The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3743another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3744
3745@ifset GENERIC
3746When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3747COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3748see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3749section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3750@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3751@end ifset
3752
3753@node Symbols
3754@chapter Symbols
3755
3756@cindex symbols
3757Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3758things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3759to debug.
3760
3761@quotation
3762@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3763@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3764the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3765@end quotation
3766
3767@menu
3768* Labels:: Labels
3769* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3770* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3771* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3772* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3773@end menu
3774
3775@node Labels
3776@section Labels
3777
3778@cindex labels
3779A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3780@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3781active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3782operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3783different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3784definitions.
3785
3786@ifset HPPA
3787On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3788colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3789a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3790provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3791@end ifset
3792
3793@node Setting Symbols
3794@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3795
3796@cindex assigning values to symbols
3797@cindex symbol values, assigning
3798A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3799by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3800(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3801directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3802equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3803@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3804
f8739b83
JZ
3805@ifset Blackfin
3806Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3807@end ifset
3808
252b5132
RH
3809@node Symbol Names
3810@section Symbol Names
3811
3812@cindex symbol names
3813@cindex names, symbol
3814@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3815Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3816machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3817noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3818string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3819particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3820@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3821@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3822@ifset H8
3823Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3824Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3825character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3826on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3827@end ifset
3828@end ifset
3829
3830Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3831than @code{Foo}.
3832
ed1fcdd1
NC
3833Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3834Local Labels. See below.
3835
7bfd842d
NC
3836Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3837multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3838@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3839currently supported.
3840
252b5132
RH
3841Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3842refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3843in a program.
3844
3845@subheading Local Symbol Names
3846
3847@cindex local symbol names
3848@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3849A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3850By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3851@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3852set of local label prefixes.
3853@ifset HPPA
3854On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3855@end ifset
3856
3857Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3858normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3859You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3860to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3861
3862@subheading Local Labels
3863
3864@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3865@cindex temporary symbol names
3866@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3867Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3868programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3869be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3870referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3871the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3872To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3873@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3874to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3875stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3876
3877There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3878too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3879the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3880defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3881definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3882noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3883implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3884
3885Here is an example:
3886
3887@smallexample
38881: branch 1f
38892: branch 1b
38901: branch 2f
38912: branch 1b
3892@end smallexample
3893
3894Which is the equivalent of:
3895
3896@smallexample
3897label_1: branch label_3
3898label_2: branch label_1
3899label_3: branch label_4
3900label_4: branch label_3
3901@end smallexample
3902
ba83aca1 3903Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3904transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3905The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3906are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3907these parts:
252b5132
RH
3908
3909@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3910@item @emph{local label prefix}
3911All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3912Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3913that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3914used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3915@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3916object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3917you may use them in debugging.
3918
2d5aaba0
NC
3919@item @var{number}
3920This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3921label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3922
2d5aaba0
NC
3923@item @kbd{C-B}
3924This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3925of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3926
3927@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3928This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3929@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3930number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3931the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3932@end table
3933
ba83aca1
BW
3934So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3935the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3936
3937@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3938@cindex dollar local symbols
3939
ed1fcdd1
NC
3940On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3941local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3942become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3943valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3944by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3945by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3946
3947Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3948except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3949@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3950
3951They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3952names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3953to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3954@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3955
3956@node Dot
3957@section The Special Dot Symbol
3958
3959@cindex dot (symbol)
3960@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3961@cindex current address
3962@cindex location counter
3963The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3964@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3965.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3966Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3967directive.
252b5132 3968@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3969Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3970@samp{.space 4}.
3971@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3972
3973@node Symbol Attributes
3974@section Symbol Attributes
3975
3976@cindex symbol attributes
3977@cindex attributes, symbol
3978Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3979``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3980attributes.
3981@ifset INTERNALS
3982The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3983@end ifset
3984
a4fb0134 3985If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3986all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3987symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3988would want.
3989
3990@menu
3991* Symbol Value:: Value
3992* Symbol Type:: Type
3993@ifset aout-bout
3994@ifset GENERIC
3995* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3996@end ifset
3997@ifclear GENERIC
3998@ifclear BOUT
3999* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4000@end ifclear
4001@ifset BOUT
4002* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
4003@end ifset
4004@end ifclear
4005@end ifset
4006@ifset COFF
4007* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
4008@end ifset
4009@ifset SOM
4010* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4011@end ifset
4012@end menu
4013
4014@node Symbol Value
4015@subsection Value
4016
4017@cindex value of a symbol
4018@cindex symbol value
4019The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4020location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4021number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4022Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4023as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4024symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4025called absolute.
4026
4027The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40280 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4029@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4030same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4031name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4032common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4033bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4034allocated storage.
4035
4036@node Symbol Type
4037@subsection Type
4038
4039@cindex type of a symbol
4040@cindex symbol type
4041The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4042information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4043(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4044format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4045
4046@ifset aout-bout
4047@ifclear GENERIC
4048@ifset BOUT
4049@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
4050@c better if it were available outside examples.
4051@need 1000
4052@node a.out Symbols
4053@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
4054
4055@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
4056@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4057These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
4058one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
4059@code{b.out}.
4060
4061@end ifset
4062@ifclear BOUT
4063@node a.out Symbols
4064@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4065
4066@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4067@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4068
4069@end ifclear
4070@end ifclear
4071@ifset GENERIC
4072@node a.out Symbols
4073@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4074
4075@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4076@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4077
4078@end ifset
4079@menu
4080* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4081* Symbol Other:: Other
4082@end menu
4083
4084@node Symbol Desc
4085@subsubsection Descriptor
4086
4087@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4088This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4089descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4090(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4091@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4092
4093@node Symbol Other
4094@subsubsection Other
4095
4096@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4097This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4098@end ifset
4099
4100@ifset COFF
4101@node COFF Symbols
4102@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4103
4104@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4105@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4106
4107The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4108like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4109@code{.endef} directives.
4110
4111@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4112
4113@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4114The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4115respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4116
4117@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4118
4119@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4120The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4121@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4122table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4123@end ifset
4124
4125@ifset SOM
4126@node SOM Symbols
4127@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4128
4129@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4130@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4131
4132The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4133the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4134
01642c12 4135The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4136Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4137@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4138@end ifset
4139
4140@node Expressions
4141@chapter Expressions
4142
4143@cindex expressions
4144@cindex addresses
4145@cindex numeric values
4146An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4147Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4148
4149The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4150a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4151enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4152section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4153the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4154@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4155
4156@menu
4157* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4158* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4159@end menu
4160
4161@node Empty Exprs
4162@section Empty Expressions
4163
4164@cindex empty expressions
4165@cindex expressions, empty
4166An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4167Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4168expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4169is compatible with other assemblers.
4170
4171@node Integer Exprs
4172@section Integer Expressions
4173
4174@cindex integer expressions
4175@cindex expressions, integer
4176An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4177by @emph{operators}.
4178
4179@menu
4180* Arguments:: Arguments
4181* Operators:: Operators
4182* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4183* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4184@end menu
4185
4186@node Arguments
4187@subsection Arguments
4188
4189@cindex expression arguments
4190@cindex arguments in expressions
4191@cindex operands in expressions
4192@cindex arithmetic operands
4193@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4194contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4195this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4196the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4197expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4198instruction operands.
4199
4200Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4201@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4202or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4203integer.
4204
4205Numbers are usually integers.
4206
4207A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4208that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4209these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4210instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4211assemblers.
4212
4213@cindex subexpressions
4214Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4215expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4216operator followed by an argument.
4217
4218@node Operators
4219@subsection Operators
4220
4221@cindex operators, in expressions
4222@cindex arithmetic functions
4223@cindex functions, in expressions
4224@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4225operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4226between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4227whitespace.
4228
4229@node Prefix Ops
4230@subsection Prefix Operator
4231
4232@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4233@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4234one argument, which must be absolute.
4235
4236@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4237@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4238@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4239@tex
4240\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4241@end tex
4242
4243@table @code
4244@item -
4245@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4246@item ~
4247@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4248@end table
4249
4250@tex
4251\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4252@end tex
4253
4254@node Infix Ops
4255@subsection Infix Operators
4256
4257@cindex infix operators
4258@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4259@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4260have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4261to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4262absolute, and the result is absolute.
4263
4264@enumerate
4265@cindex operator precedence
4266@cindex precedence of operators
4267
4268@item
4269Highest Precedence
4270
4271@table @code
4272@item *
4273@dfn{Multiplication}.
4274
4275@item /
4276@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4277
4278@item %
4279@dfn{Remainder}.
4280
d1eac9d9 4281@item <<
252b5132
RH
4282@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4283
d1eac9d9 4284@item >>
252b5132
RH
4285@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4286@end table
4287
4288@item
4289Intermediate precedence
4290
4291@table @code
4292@item |
4293
4294@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4295
4296@item &
4297@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4298
4299@item ^
4300@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4301
4302@item !
4303@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4304@end table
4305
4306@item
b131d4dc 4307Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4308
4309@table @code
4310@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4311@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4312@cindex arguments for addition
4313@item +
4314@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4315the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4316sections.
4317
4318@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4319@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4320@cindex arguments for subtraction
4321@item -
4322@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4323result has the section of the left argument.
4324If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4325You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4326@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4327
4328@cindex comparison expressions
4329@cindex expressions, comparison
4330@item ==
4331@dfn{Is Equal To}
4332@item <>
723a8472 4333@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4334@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4335@item <
4336@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4337@item >
b131d4dc 4338@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4339@item >=
b131d4dc 4340@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4341@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4342@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4343
4344The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4345value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4346perform signed comparisons.
4347@end table
4348
4349@item Lowest Precedence
4350
4351@table @code
4352@item &&
4353@dfn{Logical And}.
4354
4355@item ||
4356@dfn{Logical Or}.
4357
4358These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4359expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4360value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4361or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4362
252b5132
RH
4363@end table
4364@end enumerate
4365
4366In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4367address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4368
4369@node Pseudo Ops
4370@chapter Assembler Directives
4371
4372@cindex directives, machine independent
4373@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4374@cindex machine independent directives
4375All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4376The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4377in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4378
4379This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4380target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4381@ifset GENERIC
4382Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4383@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4384@end ifset
4385@ifclear GENERIC
4386@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4387@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4388@end ifset
4389@end ifclear
4390
4391@menu
4392* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4393@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4394* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4395@end ifset
f0dc282c 4396
252b5132 4397* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4398* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4399* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4400* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4401* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4402* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4403* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4404* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4405* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4406* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4407@ifset COFF
4408* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4409@end ifset
4410@ifset aout-bout
4411* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4412@end ifset
4413@ifset COFF
4414* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4415@end ifset
f0dc282c 4416
252b5132
RH
4417* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4418* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4419* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4420* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4421* End:: @code{.end}
4422@ifset COFF
4423* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4424@end ifset
f0dc282c 4425
252b5132
RH
4426* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4427* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4428* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4429* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4430* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4431* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4432* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4433* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4434* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4435* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4436* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4437* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4438* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4439* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4440* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4441@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4442* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4443* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4444@end ifset
f0dc282c 4445
252b5132
RH
4446* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4447* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4448* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4449* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4450* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4451* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4452@ifset ELF
4453* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4454@end ifset
f0dc282c 4455
252b5132
RH
4456* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4457* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4458* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4459* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4460@ifclear no-line-dir
4461* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4462@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4463
252b5132
RH
4464* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4465* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4466* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4467* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4468* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4469@ifset ELF
4470* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4471@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4472
252b5132
RH
4473* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4474@ignore
4475* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4476@end ignore
f0dc282c 4477
252b5132
RH
4478* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4479* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4480* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4481* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4482* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4483* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4484* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4485* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4486@ifset ELF
4487* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4488* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4489@end ifset
f0dc282c 4490
252b5132 4491* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4492@ifset ELF
4493* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4494@end ifset
f0dc282c 4495
252b5132
RH
4496* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4497* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4498@ifset ELF
4499* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4500@end ifset
f0dc282c 4501
252b5132 4502* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4503* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4504* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4505* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4506@ifset COFF
4507* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4508@end ifset
4509@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4510* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4511@end ifset
f0dc282c 4512
252b5132
RH
4513* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4514* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4515* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4516@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4517* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4518@end ifset
884f0d36 4519@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4520* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4521@end ifclear
4522
252b5132 4523* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4524@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4525* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4526@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4527@ifset have-stabs
4528* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4529@end ifset
f0dc282c 4530
38a57ae7 4531* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4532* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4533@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4534* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4535* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4536@end ifset
f0dc282c 4537
252b5132
RH
4538@ifset COFF
4539* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4540@end ifset
f0dc282c 4541
252b5132
RH
4542* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4543* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4544@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4545* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4546@end ifset
4547
c91d2e08 4548* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4549@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4550* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4551@end ifset
f0dc282c 4552
2e13b764 4553@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4554* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4555* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4556* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4557@end ifset
f0dc282c 4558
d190d046 4559* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4560* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4561* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4562* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4563@ifclear no-space-dir
4564* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4565@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4566@ifset ELF
4567* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4568* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4569* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4570@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4571* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4572@end menu
4573
4574@node Abort
4575@section @code{.abort}
4576
4577@cindex @code{abort} directive
4578@cindex stopping the assembly
4579This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4580compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4581assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4582of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4583quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4584
4585@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4586@node ABORT (COFF)
4587@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4588
4589@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4590When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4591synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4592
4593@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4594When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4595but ignores it.
4596@end ifset
4597@end ifset
4598
4599@node Align
4600@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4601
4602@cindex padding the location counter
4603@cindex @code{align} directive
4604Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4605boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4606required, as described below.
4607
4608The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4609padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4610padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4611marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4612with no-op instructions.
4613
4614The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4615it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4616directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4617specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4618fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4619required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4620with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4621
4622The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4623For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4624s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4625alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4626the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4627is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4628first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4629
9e9a9798 4630For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4631strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4632number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4633advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4634counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4635multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4636
4637This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4638native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4639GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4640described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4641architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4642
ccf8a69b
BW
4643@node Altmacro
4644@section @code{.altmacro}
4645Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4646
4647@ftable @code
4648@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4649One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4650generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4651replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4652replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4653separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4654define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4655
4656@item String delimiters
4657You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4658@code{"@var{string}"}:
4659
4660@table @code
4661@item '@var{string}'
4662You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4663
4664@item <@var{string}>
4665You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4666@end table
4667
4668@item single-character string escape
4669To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4670character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4671character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4672write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4673
4674@item Expression results as strings
4675You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4676and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4677@end ftable
4678
252b5132
RH
4679@node Ascii
4680@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4681
4682@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4683@cindex string literals
4684@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4685separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4686trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4687
4688@node Asciz
4689@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4690
4691@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4692@cindex zero-terminated strings
4693@cindex null-terminated strings
4694@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4695a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4696
4697@node Balign
4698@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4699
4700@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4701@cindex @code{balign} directive
4702Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4703storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4704alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4705the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4706is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4707
4708The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4709padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4710padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4711marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4712with no-op instructions.
4713
4714The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4715it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4716directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4717specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4718fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4719required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4720with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4721
4722@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4723@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4724The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4725@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4726pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4727fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47284,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4729filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4730the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4731undefined.
4732
fa94de6b 4733@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4734@section Bundle directives
4735@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4736@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4737@cindex bundle
4738@cindex instruction bundle
4739@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4740@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4741bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4742into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4743disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4744gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4745@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4746
4747For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4748certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4749instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4750@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4751chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4752effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4753instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4754that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4755end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4756starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4757instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4758
d3b47e2b 4759@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4760@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4761@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4762The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4763allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4764are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4765aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4766@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4767directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4768
4769@cindex bundle-locked
4770For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4771appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4772instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4773and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4774instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4775sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4776@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4777entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4778boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4779first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4780aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4781bundle size.
4782
d416e51d
RM
4783For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4784inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4785nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4786@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4787matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4788same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4789
252b5132
RH
4790@node Byte
4791@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4792
4793@cindex @code{byte} directive
4794@cindex integers, one byte
4795@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4796Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4797
54cfded0 4798@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4799@section CFI directives
4800@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4801@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4802@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4803should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4804If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4805if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4806To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4807directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4808
2f0c68f2
CM
4809On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4810by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4811
bd5608dc
NC
4812Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4813which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4814
4815The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4816arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4817generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4818redefine it will result in an error.
4819
d3b47e2b 4820@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4821@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4822@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4823should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4824data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4825@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4826
01642c12 4827Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4828it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4829
d3b47e2b 4830@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4831@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4832@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4833unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4834@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4835
d3b47e2b 4836@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4837@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4838@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4839@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4840should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4841argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4842a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4843the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4844can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4845The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4846no personality routine.
4847
2f0c68f2
CM
4848@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4849@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4850@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4851defined in a compact unwinding format.
4852Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4853with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4854
4855@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4856@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4857@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4858used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4859@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4860in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4861Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4862with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4863
d3b47e2b 4864@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4865@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4866@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4867should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4868argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4869or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4870meaning that no LSDA is present.
4871
4872@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4873@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4874switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4875Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4876Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4877with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4878
4879The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4880so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4881referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4882in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4883by a section directive.
4884
4885The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4886The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4887@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4888
d3b47e2b 4889@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4890@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4891address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4892
d3b47e2b 4893@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4894@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4895now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4896remains the same.
4897
d3b47e2b 4898@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4899@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4900remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4901absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4902CFA address.
4903
d3b47e2b 4904@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4905Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4906value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4907
d3b47e2b 4908@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4909Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4910CFA.
54cfded0 4911
084303b8
AK
4912@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4913Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4914
d3b47e2b 4915@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4916Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4917the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4918using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4919This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4920code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4921
d3b47e2b 4922@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4923Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4924
d3b47e2b 4925@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4926@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4927same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4928instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4929
d3b47e2b 4930@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4931From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4932
d3b47e2b 4933@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4934Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4935i.e. no restoration needed.
4936
48eac74c
MG
4937@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4938@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4939implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4940places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4941multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4942flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4943the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4944
4945@smallexample
4946 je label
4947 popq %rbx
4948 .cfi_restore %rbx
4949 popq %r12
4950 .cfi_restore %r12
4951 popq %rbp
4952 .cfi_restore %rbp
4953 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4954 ret
4955label:
4956 /* Do something else */
4957@end smallexample
4958
4959Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4960to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4961@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4962locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4963@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4964we can write:
4965
4966@smallexample
4967 je label
4968 popq %rbx
4969 .cfi_remember_state
4970 .cfi_restore %rbx
4971 popq %r12
4972 .cfi_restore %r12
4973 popq %rbp
4974 .cfi_restore %rbp
4975 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4976 ret
4977label:
4978 .cfi_restore_state
4979 /* Do something else */
4980@end smallexample
4981
4982That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4983as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4984@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4985
d3b47e2b 4986@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4987Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4988directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4989
d3b47e2b 4990@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4991Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4992
d3b47e2b 4993@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4994SPARC register window has been saved.
4995
d3b47e2b 4996@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4997Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4998might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4999opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 5000
d3b47e2b 5001@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
5002The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
5003will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
5004description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
5005
5006The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
5007limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
5008mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
5009by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
5010or another register.
5011
ccf8a69b
BW
5012@node Comm
5013@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 5014
ccf8a69b
BW
5015@cindex @code{comm} directive
5016@cindex symbol, common
5017@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
5018common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
5019of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
5020definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
5021allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
5022absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
5023the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
5024using the largest size.
07a53e5c 5025
c1711530
DK
5026@ifset COFF-ELF
5027When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5028an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5029specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5030that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5031as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5032boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5033power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5034common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5035alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5036largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5037maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5038is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5039@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5040multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5041It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5042(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5043@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5044
ccf8a69b
BW
5045@ifset HPPA
5046The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5047@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5048@end ifset
07a53e5c 5049
252b5132
RH
5050@node Data
5051@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
5052
5053@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 5054@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5055end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5056absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5057to zero.
5058
5059@ifset COFF
5060@node Def
5061@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5062
5063@cindex @code{def} directive
5064@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5065@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5066Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5067definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
5068@ifset BOUT
5069
a4fb0134 5070This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
5071format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
5072but ignored.
5073@end ifset
5074@end ifset
5075
5076@ifset aout-bout
5077@node Desc
5078@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5079
5080@cindex @code{desc} directive
5081@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5082@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5083This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5084to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5085
5086@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5087The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5088configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5089object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5090it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5091@end ifset
5092@end ifset
5093
5094@ifset COFF
5095@node Dim
5096@section @code{.dim}
5097
5098@cindex @code{dim} directive
5099@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5100@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5101This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5102information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5103@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5104@ifset BOUT
5105
5106@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5107@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5108ignores it.
5109@end ifset
5110@end ifset
5111
5112@node Double
5113@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5114
5115@cindex @code{double} directive
5116@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5117@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5118assembles floating point numbers.
5119@ifset GENERIC
5120The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5121@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5122@end ifset
5123@ifclear GENERIC
5124@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5125On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5126in @sc{ieee} format.
5127@end ifset
5128@end ifclear
5129
5130@node Eject
5131@section @code{.eject}
5132
5133@cindex @code{eject} directive
5134@cindex new page, in listings
5135@cindex page, in listings
5136@cindex listing control: new page
5137Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5138
5139@node Else
5140@section @code{.else}
5141
5142@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5143@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5144assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5145of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5146was false.
5147
3fd9f047
TW
5148@node Elseif
5149@section @code{.elseif}
5150
5151@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5152@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5153assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5154@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5155
252b5132
RH
5156@node End
5157@section @code{.end}
5158
5159@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5160@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5161process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5162
5163@ifset COFF
5164@node Endef
5165@section @code{.endef}
5166
5167@cindex @code{endef} directive
5168This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5169@code{.def}.
5170@ifset BOUT
5171
5172@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5173@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5174directive but ignores it.
5175@end ifset
5176@end ifset
5177
5178@node Endfunc
5179@section @code{.endfunc}
5180@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5181@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5182
5183@node Endif
5184@section @code{.endif}
5185
5186@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5187@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5188it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5189conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5190
5191@node Equ
5192@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5193
5194@cindex @code{equ} directive
5195@cindex assigning values to symbols
5196@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5197This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5198It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5199
5200@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5201The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5202@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5203@end ifset
5204
3c9b82ba 5205@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5206The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5207@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5208On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5209but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5210Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5211@end ifset
5212
252b5132
RH
5213@node Equiv
5214@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5215@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5216The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5217the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5218symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5219undefined.
252b5132 5220
01642c12 5221Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5222@smallexample
5223.ifdef SYM
5224.err
5225.endif
5226.equ SYM,VAL
5227@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5228plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5229
5230@node Eqv
5231@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5232@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5233The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5234evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5235the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5236value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5237
5238@node Err
5239@section @code{.err}
5240@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5241If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5242message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5243object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5244
d190d046
HPN
5245@node Error
5246@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5247@cindex error directive
5248
5249Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5250string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5251message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5252@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5253
5254@smallexample
5255 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5256@end smallexample
5257
252b5132
RH
5258@node Exitm
5259@section @code{.exitm}
5260Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5261
5262@node Extern
5263@section @code{.extern}
5264
5265@cindex @code{extern} directive
5266@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5267with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5268all undefined symbols as external.
5269
5270@node Fail
5271@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5272
5273@cindex @code{fail} directive
5274Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5275or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5276than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5277include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5278complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5279
252b5132 5280@node File
14082c76 5281@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5282@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5283
5284@ifclear no-file-dir
5285There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5286that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5287@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5288
5289@subheading Default Version
5290
252b5132
RH
5291@cindex logical file name
5292@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5293This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5294are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5295
5296@smallexample
5297.file @var{string}
5298@end smallexample
5299
5300@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5301recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5302to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5303statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5304old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5305
5306@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5307@end ifclear
5308
14082c76
BW
5309When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5310to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5311
5312@smallexample
5313.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5314@end smallexample
5315
5316The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5317index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5318literal.
5319
5320The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5321table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5322information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5323entries will have.
5324
252b5132
RH
5325@node Fill
5326@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5327
5328@cindex @code{fill} directive
5329@cindex writing patterns in memory
5330@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5331@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5332This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5333may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5334more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5335other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5336is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5337zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5338byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5339Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5340@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5341compatible with other people's assemblers.
5342
5343@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5344If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5345assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5346@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5347
5348@node Float
5349@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5350
5351@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5352@cindex @code{float} directive
5353This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5354has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5355@ifset GENERIC
5356The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5357@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5358@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5359@end ifset
5360@ifclear GENERIC
5361@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5362On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5363in @sc{ieee} format.
5364@end ifset
5365@end ifclear
5366
5367@node Func
5368@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5369@cindex @code{func} directive
5370@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5371is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5372Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5373@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5374prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5375@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5376All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5377The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5378
5379@node Global
5380@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5381
5382@cindex @code{global} directive
5383@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5384@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5385@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5386other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5387@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5388from another file linked into the same program.
5389
5390Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5391compatibility with other assemblers.
5392
5393@ifset HPPA
5394On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5395partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5396@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5397@end ifset
5398
c91d2e08 5399@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5400@node Gnu_attribute
5401@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5402Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5403
c91d2e08
NC
5404@node Hidden
5405@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5406
c1253627
NC
5407@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5408@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5409This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5410@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5411@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5412
5413This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5414their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5415@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5416Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5417@end ifset
5418
252b5132
RH
5419@node hword
5420@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5421
5422@cindex @code{hword} directive
5423@cindex integers, 16-bit
5424@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5425@cindex sixteen bit integers
5426This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5427a 16 bit number for each.
5428
5429@ifset GENERIC
5430This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5431architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5432@end ifset
5433@ifclear GENERIC
5434@ifset W32
5435This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5436@end ifset
5437@ifset W16
5438This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5439@end ifset
5440@end ifclear
5441
5442@node Ident
5443@section @code{.ident}
5444
5445@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5446
5447This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5448behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5449a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5450source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5451for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5452@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5453emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5454
5455@node If
5456@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5457
5458@cindex conditional assembly
5459@cindex @code{if} directive
5460@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5461considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5462(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5463the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5464(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5465alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5466If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5467nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5468
5469The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5470@table @code
5471@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5472@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5473Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5474has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5475is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5476
26aca5f6
JB
5477@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5478@item .ifb @var{text}
5479Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5480
252b5132
RH
5481@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5482@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5483Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5484strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5485the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5486end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5487string comparison is case sensitive.
5488
5489@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5490@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5491Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5492
5493@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5494@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5495Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5496
5497@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5498@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5499Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5500equal to zero.
5501
5502@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5503@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5504Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5505
5506@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5507@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5508Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5509to zero.
5510
5511@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5512@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5513Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5514
26aca5f6
JB
5515@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5516@item .ifnb @var{text}
5517Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5518following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5519
252b5132
RH
5520@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5521@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5522Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5523following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5524
5525@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5526@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5527@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5528@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5529Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5530has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5531which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5532
5533@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5534@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5535Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5536(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5537
5538@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5539@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5540Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5541following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5542@end table
5543
7e005732
NC
5544@node Incbin
5545@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5546
5547@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5548@cindex binary files, including
5549The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5550location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5551option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5552around @var{file}.
5553
5554The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5555@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5556read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5557responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5558after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5559
252b5132
RH
5560@node Include
5561@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5562
5563@cindex @code{include} directive
5564@cindex supporting files, including
5565@cindex files, including
5566This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5567points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5568if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5569included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5570can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5571(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5572around @var{file}.
5573
5574@node Int
5575@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5576
5577@cindex @code{int} directive
5578@cindex integers, 32-bit
5579Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5580For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5581expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5582of target the assembly is for.
5583
5584@ifclear GENERIC
5585@ifset H8
7be1c489 5586On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5587integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
558832-bit integers.
5589@end ifset
5590@end ifclear
5591
c91d2e08
NC
5592@ifset ELF
5593@node Internal
5594@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5595
c1253627
NC
5596@cindex @code{internal} directive
5597@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5598This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5599@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5600@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5601
5602This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5603their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5604@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5605(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5606processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5607@end ifset
5608
252b5132
RH
5609@node Irp
5610@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5611
5612@cindex @code{irp} directive
5613Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5614The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5615terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5616set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5617@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5618@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5619sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5620
5621For example, assembling
5622
5623@example
5624 .irp param,1,2,3
5625 move d\param,sp@@-
5626 .endr
5627@end example
5628
5629is equivalent to assembling
5630
5631@example
5632 move d1,sp@@-
5633 move d2,sp@@-
5634 move d3,sp@@-
5635@end example
5636
96e9638b 5637For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5638
252b5132
RH
5639@node Irpc
5640@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5641
5642@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5643Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5644The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5645terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5646@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5647assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5648assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5649@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5650
5651For example, assembling
5652
5653@example
5654 .irpc param,123
5655 move d\param,sp@@-
5656 .endr
5657@end example
5658
5659is equivalent to assembling
5660
5661@example
5662 move d1,sp@@-
5663 move d2,sp@@-
5664 move d3,sp@@-
5665@end example
5666
5e75c3ab
JB
5667For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5668at @xref{Macro}.
5669
252b5132
RH
5670@node Lcomm
5671@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5672
5673@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5674@cindex local common symbols
5675@cindex symbols, local common
5676Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5677denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5678those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5679section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5680is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5681not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5682
5683@ifset GENERIC
5684Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5685argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5686@end ifset
5687
5688@ifset HPPA
5689The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5690@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5691@end ifset
5692
5693@node Lflags
5694@section @code{.lflags}
5695
5696@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5697@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5698assemblers, but ignores it.
5699
5700@ifclear no-line-dir
5701@node Line
5702@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5703
5704@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5705@cindex logical line number
5706@ifset aout-bout
5707Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5708expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5709statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5710reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5711@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5712for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5713@end ifset
5714
252b5132 5715Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5716@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5717when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5718were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5719@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5720
5721Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5722used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5723debugging.
5724@end ifclear
5725
5726@node Linkonce
5727@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5728@cindex COMDAT
5729@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5730@cindex common sections
5731Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5732This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5733but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5734The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5735Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5736unique.
5737
5738This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5739writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5740Executable format used on Windows NT.
5741
5742The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5743following strings. For example:
5744@smallexample
5745.linkonce same_size
5746@end smallexample
5747Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5748
5749@table @code
5750@item discard
5751Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5752
5753@item one_only
5754Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5755
5756@item same_size
5757Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5758
5759@item same_contents
5760Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5761@end table
5762
ccf8a69b
BW
5763@node List
5764@section @code{.list}
5765
5766@cindex @code{list} directive
5767@cindex listing control, turning on
5768Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5769not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5770internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5771counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5772generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5773
5774By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5775@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5776the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5777
252b5132
RH
5778@node Ln
5779@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5780
5781@cindex @code{ln} directive
5782@ifclear no-line-dir
5783@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5784@end ifclear
5785@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5786Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5787must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5788line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5789statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5790line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5791@ifset BOUT
5792
a4fb0134 5793This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5794configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5795output format.
5796@end ifset
5797@end ifset
5798
ccf8a69b
BW
5799@node Loc
5800@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5801@cindex @code{loc} directive
5802When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5803the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5804number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5805instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5806arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5807the row is added.
252b5132 5808
ccf8a69b
BW
5809The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5810
5811@table @code
5812@item basic_block
5813This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5814@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5815
5816@item prologue_end
5817This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5818@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5819
5820@item epilogue_begin
5821This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5822@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5823
5824@item is_stmt @var{value}
5825This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5826@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5827either 0 or 1.
5828
5829@item isa @var{value}
5830This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5831state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5832
92846e72
CC
5833@item discriminator @var{value}
5834This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5835state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5836
ba8826a8
AO
5837@item view @var{value}
5838This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5839current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5840instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5841@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5842@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5843directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5844@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5845that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5846location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5847the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5848@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5849
ccf8a69b
BW
5850@end table
5851
5852@node Loc_mark_labels
5853@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5854@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5855When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5856the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5857to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5858register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5859The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5860this function respectively.
252b5132 5861
4d4175af
BW
5862@ifset ELF
5863@node Local
5864@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5865
5866@cindex @code{local} directive
5867This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5868the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5869will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5870they will be created.
5871
5872For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5873accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5874the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5875(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5876@end ifset
5877
252b5132
RH
5878@node Long
5879@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5880
5881@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5882@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5883
5884@ignore
5885@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5886@c what it really ought to do
5887@node Lsym
5888@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5889
5890@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5891@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5892@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5893the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5894rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5895the same as the expression value:
5896@smallexample
5897@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5898@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5899@var{value} = @var{expression}
5900@end smallexample
5901@noindent
5902The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5903@end ignore
5904
5905@node Macro
5906@section @code{.macro}
5907
5908@cindex macros
5909The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5910generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5911@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5912
5913@example
5914 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5915 .long \from
5916 .if \to-\from
5917 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5918 .endif
5919 .endm
5920@end example
5921
5922@noindent
5923With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5924
5925@example
5926 .long 0
5927 .long 1
5928 .long 2
5929 .long 3
5930 .long 4
5931 .long 5
5932@end example
5933
5934@ftable @code
5935@item .macro @var{macname}
5936@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5937@cindex @code{macro} directive
5938Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5939definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5940separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5941indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5942@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5943(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5944macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5945cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5946subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5947definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5948
5949@table @code
5950@item .macro comm
5951Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5952arguments.
5953
6258339f 5954@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5955@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5956Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5957which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5958@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5959
5960@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5961Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5962arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5963After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5964@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5965@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5966,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5967@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5968
6eaeac8a
JB
5969@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5970Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5971arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5972not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5973will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5974
252b5132
RH
5975When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5976position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5977@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5978
6258339f
NC
5979@end table
5980
5e75c3ab
JB
5981Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5982as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5983occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5984characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5985(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5986architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5987character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5988replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5989construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5990identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5991this macro definition:
5992
5993@example
5994 .macro label l
5995\l:
5996 .endm
5997@end example
5998
5999might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6000called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6001assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6002identifier.
6003
6004Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6005which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6006for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6007length specifier like this:
6008
6009@example
6010 .macro opcode base length
6011 \base.\length
6012 .endm
6013@end example
6014
6015and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6016instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6017interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6018
6019There are several possible ways around this problem:
6020
6021@table @code
6022@item Insert white space
6023If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6024solution. eg:
6025
6026@example
6027 .macro label l
6028\l :
6029 .endm
6030@end example
6031
6032@item Use @samp{\()}
6033The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6034the following text. eg:
6035
6036@example
6037 .macro opcode base length
6038 \base\().\length
6039 .endm
6040@end example
6041
6042@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6043In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6044used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6045
6046@example
6047 .altmacro
6048 .macro label l
6049l&:
6050 .endm
6051@end example
6258339f 6052@end table
5e75c3ab 6053
96e9638b 6054Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6055also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6056and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6057
252b5132
RH
6058@item .endm
6059@cindex @code{endm} directive
6060Mark the end of a macro definition.
6061
6062@item .exitm
6063@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6064Exit early from the current macro definition.
6065
6066@cindex number of macros executed
6067@cindex macros, count executed
6068@item \@@
a4fb0134 6069@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6070executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6071output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6072
252b5132
RH
6073@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6074@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6075macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6076@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6077@end ftable
252b5132 6078
ccf8a69b
BW
6079@node MRI
6080@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6081
ccf8a69b
BW
6082@cindex @code{mri} directive
6083@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6084If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6085@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6086affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6087of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6088
caa32fe5
NC
6089@node Noaltmacro
6090@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6091Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6092
252b5132
RH
6093@node Nolist
6094@section @code{.nolist}
6095
6096@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6097@cindex listing control, turning off
6098Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6099not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6100internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6101counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6102generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6103
6104@node Octa
6105@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6106
6107@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6108@cindex @code{octa} directive
6109@cindex integer, 16-byte
6110@cindex sixteen byte integer
6111This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6112bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6113
6114The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6115hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6116
9aec2026
NC
6117@node Offset
6118@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6119
6120@cindex @code{offset} directive
6121Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6122be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6123symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6124directive.
9aec2026 6125
252b5132
RH
6126@node Org
6127@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6128
6129@cindex @code{org} directive
6130@cindex location counter, advancing
6131@cindex advancing location counter
6132@cindex current address, advancing
6133Advance the location counter of the current section to
6134@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6135expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6136you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6137wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6138with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6139@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6140is the same as the current subsection.
6141
6142@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6143unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6144backwards.
6145
6146@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6147@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6148@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6149Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6150may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6151a chance to share your improved assembler.
6152
6153Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6154to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6155people's assemblers.
6156
6157When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6158intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6159absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6160@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6161
6162@node P2align
6163@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6164
6165@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6166@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6167Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6168storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6169number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6170advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6171counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6172multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6173
6174The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6175padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6176padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6177marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6178with no-op instructions.
6179
6180The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6181it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6182directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6183specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6184fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6185required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6186with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6187
6188@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6189@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6190The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6191@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6192pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6193fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61942,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6195filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6196the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6197undefined.
6198
ccf8a69b
BW
6199@ifset ELF
6200@node PopSection
6201@section @code{.popsection}
6202
6203@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6204@cindex Section Stack
6205This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6206@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6207@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6208(@pxref{Previous}).
6209
6210This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6211section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6212stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6213@end ifset
6214
c91d2e08
NC
6215@ifset ELF
6216@node Previous
6217@section @code{.previous}
6218
c1253627 6219@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6220@cindex Section Stack
6221This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6222@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6223@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6224(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6225
6226This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6227referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6228@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6229subsections). For example:
6230
6231@smallexample
6232.section A
6233 .subsection 1
6234 .word 0x1234
6235 .subsection 2
6236 .word 0x5678
6237.previous
6238 .word 0x9abc
6239@end smallexample
6240
6241Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6242section A. Whilst:
6243
6244@smallexample
6245.section A
6246.subsection 1
6247 # Now in section A subsection 1
6248 .word 0x1234
6249.section B
6250.subsection 0
6251 # Now in section B subsection 0
6252 .word 0x5678
6253.subsection 1
6254 # Now in section B subsection 1
6255 .word 0x9abc
6256.previous
6257 # Now in section B subsection 0
6258 .word 0xdef0
6259@end smallexample
6260
6261Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6262section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6263
6264In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6265the top section on the section stack.
6266@end ifset
6267
252b5132
RH
6268@node Print
6269@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6270
6271@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6272@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6273assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6274
c91d2e08
NC
6275@ifset ELF
6276@node Protected
6277@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6278
c1253627
NC
6279@cindex @code{protected} directive
6280@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6281This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6282@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6283
6284This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6285their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6286@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6287components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6288component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6289this.
c91d2e08
NC
6290@end ifset
6291
252b5132
RH
6292@node Psize
6293@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6294
6295@cindex @code{psize} directive
6296@cindex listing control: paper size
6297@cindex paper size, for listings
6298Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6299number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6300
6301If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6302of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6303default width is 200 columns.
6304
a4fb0134 6305@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6306lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6307@code{.eject}).
6308
6309If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6310those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6311
6312@node Purgem
6313@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6314
6315@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6316Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6317expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6318
c91d2e08
NC
6319@ifset ELF
6320@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6321@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6322
c1253627 6323@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6324@cindex Section Stack
6325This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6326@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6327@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6328(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6329
e9863d7f
DJ
6330This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6331top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6332subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6333@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6334as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6335@end ifset
6336
252b5132
RH
6337@node Quad
6338@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6339
6340@cindex @code{quad} directive
6341@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6342each bignum, it emits
6343@ifclear bignum-16
6344an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6345warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6346@cindex eight-byte integer
6347@cindex integer, 8-byte
6348
6349The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6350hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6351@end ifclear
6352@ifset bignum-16
6353a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6354warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6355@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6356@cindex integer, 16-byte
6357@end ifset
6358
05e9452c
AM
6359@node Reloc
6360@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6361
6362@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6363Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6364@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6365the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6366symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6367@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6368absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6369targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6370relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6371section.
6372
252b5132
RH
6373@node Rept
6374@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6375
6376@cindex @code{rept} directive
6377Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6378@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6379
6380For example, assembling
6381
6382@example
6383 .rept 3
6384 .long 0
6385 .endr
6386@end example
6387
6388is equivalent to assembling
6389
6390@example
6391 .long 0
6392 .long 0
6393 .long 0
6394@end example
6395
808811a3
NC
6396A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6397allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6398
252b5132
RH
6399@node Sbttl
6400@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6401
6402@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6403@cindex subtitles for listings
6404@cindex listing control: subtitle
6405Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6406title line) when generating assembly listings.
6407
6408This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6409it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6410
6411@ifset COFF
6412@node Scl
6413@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6414
6415@cindex @code{scl} directive
6416@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6417@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6418Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6419used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6420whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6421symbolic debugging information.
6422@ifset BOUT
6423
6424The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6425configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6426accepts this directive but ignores it.
6427@end ifset
6428@end ifset
6429
c1253627 6430@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6431@node Section
c1253627 6432@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6433
252b5132
RH
6434@cindex named section
6435Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6436named @var{name}.
6437
6438This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6439named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6440with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6441
c1253627
NC
6442@ifset COFF
6443@ifset ELF
6444@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6445@subheading COFF Version
6446@end ifset
6447
6448@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6449For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6450ways:
c91d2e08 6451
252b5132
RH
6452@smallexample
6453.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6454.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6455@end smallexample
6456
6457If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6458section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6459
252b5132
RH
6460@table @code
6461@item b
6462bss section (uninitialized data)
6463@item n
6464section is not loaded
6465@item w
6466writable section
6467@item d
6468data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6469@item e
6470exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6471@item r
6472read-only section
6473@item x
6474executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6475@item s
6476shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6477@item a
6478ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6479@item y
6480section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6481@item 0-9
6482single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6483@end table
6484
6485If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6486the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6487loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6488from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6489will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6490
6491If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6492taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6493@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6494
6495@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6496@ifset COFF
6497@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6498@subheading ELF Version
6499@end ifset
6500
c91d2e08
NC
6501@cindex Section Stack
6502This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6503@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6504(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6505@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6506
c1253627 6507@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6508For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6509
252b5132 6510@smallexample
7047dd1e 6511.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6512@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6513
451133ce
NP
6514@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6515@kindex --sectname-subst
6516@cindex section name substitution
6517If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6518argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6519at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6520
6521@smallexample
6522.macro exception_code
6523.section %S.exception
6524[exception code here]
6525.previous
6526.endm
6527
6528.text
6529[code]
6530exception_code
6531[...]
6532
6533.section .init
6534[init code]
6535exception_code
6536[...]
6537@end smallexample
6538
6539The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6540@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6541This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6542tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6543need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6544macros just for that purpose.
6545
252b5132 6546The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6547combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6548
252b5132
RH
6549@table @code
6550@item a
6551section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6552@item d
6553section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6554@item e
6555section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6556@item w
6557section is writable
6558@item x
6559section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6560@item M
6561section is mergeable
6562@item S
6563section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6564@item G
6565section is a member of a section group
6566@item T
6567section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6568@item ?
6569section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6570@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6571a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6572field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6573also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6574resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6575@item @code{<target specific>}
6576some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6577@end table
6578
9fb71ee4
NC
6579Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6580a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6581flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6582@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6583(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6584section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6585
252b5132 6586The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6587
252b5132
RH
6588@table @code
6589@item @@progbits
6590section contains data
6591@item @@nobits
6592section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6593@item @@note
6594section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6595@item @@init_array
6596section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6597@item @@fini_array
6598section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6599@item @@preinit_array
6600section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6601@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6602a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6603@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6604some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6605@end table
6606
9fb71ee4
NC
6607Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6608enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6609
ececec60
NC
6610Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6611ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6612@code{%} character.
6613
9fb71ee4
NC
6614Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6615special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6616type will generate an error from the assembler.
6617
22fe14ad 6618If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6619be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6620
6621@smallexample
6622.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6623@end smallexample
6624
6625Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6626constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6627@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6628@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6629the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6630absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6631which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6632@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6633@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6634
6635If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6636be present along with an additional field like this:
6637
6638@smallexample
6639.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6640@end smallexample
6641
6642The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6643particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6644
22fe14ad
NC
6645@table @code
6646@item comdat
6647indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6648@item .gnu.linkonce
6649an alias for comdat
6650@end table
6651
96e9638b 6652Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6653the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6654
6655@smallexample
6656.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6657@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6658
01642c12
RM
6659If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6660@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6661present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6662this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6663@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6664If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6665
252b5132
RH
6666If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6667the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6668none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6669executable. The section will contain data.
6670
6671For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6672directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6673
252b5132
RH
6674@smallexample
6675.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6676@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6677
252b5132
RH
6678Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6679separated flags:
eda683bb 6680
252b5132
RH
6681@table @code
6682@item #alloc
6683section is allocatable
6684@item #write
6685section is writable
6686@item #execinstr
6687section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6688@item #exclude
6689section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6690@item #tls
6691section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6692@end table
c91d2e08 6693
e9863d7f
DJ
6694This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6695contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6696some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6697work.
c1253627
NC
6698@end ifset
6699@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6700
6701@node Set
6702@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6703
6704@cindex @code{set} directive
6705@cindex symbol value, setting
6706Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6707changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6708@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6709flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6710
5d239759
NC
6711You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6712values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6713involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6714being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6715addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6716final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6717the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6718different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6719
6720If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6721file is the last value stored into it.
6722
3c9b82ba
NC
6723@ifset Z80
6724On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6725@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6726@end ifset
6727
252b5132
RH
6728@node Short
6729@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6730
6731@cindex @code{short} directive
6732@ifset GENERIC
6733@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6734@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6735
6736In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6737numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6738@end ifset
6739@ifclear GENERIC
6740@ifset W16
6741@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6742@end ifset
6743@ifset W32
6744This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6745a 16 bit number for each.
6746@end ifset
6747@end ifclear
6748
6749@node Single
6750@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6751
6752@cindex @code{single} directive
6753@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6754This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6755has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6756@ifset GENERIC
6757The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6758@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6759@end ifset
6760@ifclear GENERIC
6761@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6762On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6763numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6764@end ifset
6765@end ifclear
6766
c1253627 6767@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6768@node Size
c1253627 6769@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6770
c1253627
NC
6771This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6772
6773@ifset COFF
6774@ifset ELF
6775@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6776@subheading COFF Version
6777@end ifset
6778
6779@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6780For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6781@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6782
6783@smallexample
6784.size @var{expression}
6785@end smallexample
252b5132 6786
c91d2e08 6787@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6788@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6789@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6790ignores it.
6791@end ifset
c1253627 6792@end ifset
c91d2e08 6793
c1253627
NC
6794@ifset ELF
6795@ifset COFF
6796@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6797@subheading ELF Version
6798@end ifset
6799
6800@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6801For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6802
c1253627
NC
6803@smallexample
6804.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6805@end smallexample
6806
6807This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6808The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6809arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6810symbols.
c1253627
NC
6811@end ifset
6812@end ifset
252b5132 6813
252b5132
RH
6814@ifclear no-space-dir
6815@node Skip
6816@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6817
6818@cindex @code{skip} directive
6819@cindex filling memory
6820This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6821@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6822@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6823@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6824@end ifclear
252b5132 6825
ccf8a69b
BW
6826@node Sleb128
6827@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6828
6829@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6830@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6831compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6832symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6833
884f0d36 6834@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6835@node Space
6836@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6837
6838@cindex @code{space} directive
6839@cindex filling memory
6840This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6841@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6842and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6843as @samp{.skip}.
6844
6845@ifset HPPA
6846@quotation
6847@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6848targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6849Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6850@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6851for a summary.
6852@end quotation
6853@end ifset
6854@end ifclear
6855
252b5132
RH
6856@ifset have-stabs
6857@node Stab
6858@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6859
6860@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6861@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6862There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6863All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6864The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6865cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6866Up to five fields are required:
6867
6868@table @var
6869@item string
6870This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6871@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6872debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6873using this field.
6874
6875@item type
6876An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6877this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6878and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6879
6880@item other
6881An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6882low 8 bits of this expression.
6883
6884@item desc
6885An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6886bits of this expression.
6887
6888@item value
6889An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6890@end table
6891
6892If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6893or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6894you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6895compatible with earlier assemblers!
6896
6897@table @code
6898@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6899@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6900
6901The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6902It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6903null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6904strings.
6905
6906The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6907relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6908is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6909assembled.
6910
6911@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6912@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6913The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6914
6915@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6916@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6917All five fields are specified.
6918@end table
6919@end ifset
6920@c end have-stabs
6921
6922@node String
38a57ae7 6923@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6924"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6925
6926@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6927@cindex string8, copying to object file
6928@cindex string16, copying to object file
6929@cindex string32, copying to object file
6930@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6931@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6932@cindex @code{string8} directive
6933@cindex @code{string16} directive
6934@cindex @code{string32} directive
6935@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6936
6937Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6938one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6939particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6940You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6941
01642c12 6942The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6943the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6944copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6945are stored in target endianness byte order.
6946
6947Example:
6948@smallexample
6949 .string32 "BYE"
6950expands to:
6951 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6952 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6953@end smallexample
6954
6955
252b5132
RH
6956@node Struct
6957@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6958
6959@cindex @code{struct} directive
6960Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6961which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6962@smallexample
6963 .struct 0
6964field1:
6965 .struct field1 + 4
6966field2:
6967 .struct field2 + 4
6968field3:
6969@end smallexample
6970This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6971@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6972value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6973use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6974before further assembly.
6975
c91d2e08
NC
6976@ifset ELF
6977@node SubSection
6978@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6979
c1253627 6980@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6981@cindex Section Stack
6982This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6983@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6984@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6985(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6986
6987This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6988section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6989in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6990@end ifset
6991
252b5132
RH
6992@ifset ELF
6993@node Symver
6994@section @code{.symver}
6995@cindex @code{symver} directive
6996@cindex symbol versioning
6997@cindex versions of symbols
6998Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6999within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7000typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7001There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7002into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7003shared library.
7004
79082ff0 7005For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7006@smallexample
7007.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7008@end smallexample
339681c0 7009If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7010being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7011alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7012just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7013permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7014of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7015itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7016have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7017file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7018function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7019the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7020building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7021symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7022nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7023
7024If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7025references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7026reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7027symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7028
7029Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7030@smallexample
7031.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7032@end smallexample
7033In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7034the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7035difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7036references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7037
7038The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7039@smallexample
7040.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7041@end smallexample
7042When @var{name} is not defined within the
7043file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7044@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7045name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7046@end ifset
7047
7048@ifset COFF
7049@node Tag
7050@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7051
7052@cindex COFF structure debugging
7053@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7054@cindex @code{tag} directive
7055This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7056information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7057@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7058definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
7059@ifset BOUT
7060
7061@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7062@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
7063ignores it.
7064@end ifset
7065@end ifset
7066
7067@node Text
7068@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7069
7070@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7071Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7072the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7073expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7074is used.
7075
7076@node Title
7077@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7078
7079@cindex @code{title} directive
7080@cindex listing control: title line
7081Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7082source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7083
7084This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7085it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7086
c1253627 7087@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7088@node Type
c1253627
NC
7089@section @code{.type}
7090
7091This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7092
7093@ifset COFF
7094@ifset ELF
7095@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7096@subheading COFF Version
7097@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7098
7099@cindex COFF symbol type
7100@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7101@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7102For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7103@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7104
7105@smallexample
7106.type @var{int}
7107@end smallexample
7108
7109This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7110entry.
252b5132 7111
c91d2e08 7112@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7113@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7114@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7115directive but ignores it.
7116@end ifset
c1253627 7117@end ifset
c91d2e08 7118
c1253627
NC
7119@ifset ELF
7120@ifset COFF
7121@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7122@subheading ELF Version
7123@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7124
7125@cindex ELF symbol type
7126@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7127@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7128For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7129
7130@smallexample
7131.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7132@end smallexample
7133
7134This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7135function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7136supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7137compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7138
7139Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7140@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7141below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7142the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7143maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7144assemblers.
7145
7146The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7147
7148@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7149 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7150 .type <name>,#<type>
7151 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7152 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7153 .type <name>,"<type>"
7154@end smallexample
7155
7156The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7157
5671778d
NC
7158@table @gcctabopt
7159@item STT_FUNC
7160@itemx function
7161Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7162
d8045f23
NC
7163@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7164@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7165Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7166processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7167
5671778d
NC
7168@item STT_OBJECT
7169@itemx object
7170Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7171
7172@item STT_TLS
7173@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7174Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7175
7176@item STT_COMMON
7177@itemx common
7178Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7179
7180@item STT_NOTYPE
7181@itemx notype
7182Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7183
3e7a7d11
NC
7184@item gnu_unique_object
7185Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7186will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7187name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7188systems).
3e7a7d11 7189
5671778d
NC
7190@end table
7191
7192Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7193
c1253627
NC
7194@end ifset
7195@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7196
7197@node Uleb128
7198@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7199
7200@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7201@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7202compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7203symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7204
7205@ifset COFF
7206@node Val
7207@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7208
7209@cindex @code{val} directive
7210@cindex COFF value attribute
7211@cindex value attribute, COFF
7212This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7213records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7214entry.
7215@ifset BOUT
7216
a4fb0134 7217@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7218configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7219@end ifset
7220@end ifset
7221
2e13b764 7222@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7223@node Version
7224@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7225
c1253627 7226@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7227This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7228formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7229@end ifset
2e13b764 7230
c91d2e08
NC
7231@ifset ELF
7232@node VTableEntry
7233@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7234
653cfe85 7235@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7236This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7237@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7238
c91d2e08
NC
7239@node VTableInherit
7240@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7241
653cfe85 7242@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7243This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7244@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7245parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7246parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7247@end ifset
2e13b764 7248
d190d046
HPN
7249@node Warning
7250@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7251@cindex warning directive
7252Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7253(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7254
c91d2e08
NC
7255@node Weak
7256@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7257
c1253627 7258@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7259This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7260@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7261
01642c12 7262On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7263directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7264@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7265
977cdf5a 7266On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7267When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7268alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7269
06e77878
AO
7270@node Weakref
7271@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7272
7273@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7274This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7275be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7276If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7277will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7278symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7279
7280The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7281assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7282symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7283resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7284had the references to the alias removed.
7285
7286The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7287within the assembler.
7288
252b5132
RH
7289@node Word
7290@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7291
7292@cindex @code{word} directive
7293This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7294separated by commas.
7295@ifclear GENERIC
7296@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7297For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7298@end ifset
7299@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7300For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7301@end ifset
7302@end ifclear
7303@ifset GENERIC
7304
7305The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7306depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7307@end ifset
7308
7309@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7310@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7311@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7312@cindex difference tables altered
7313@cindex altered difference tables
7314@quotation
7315@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7316@end quotation
7317
7318@ifset GENERIC
7319Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7320addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7321interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7322@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7323
7324@end ifset
7325In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7326@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7327Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7328compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7329directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7330@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7331creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7332This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7333first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7334of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7335table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7336contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7337@code{sym2}.
7338
7339If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7340secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7341@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7342long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7343and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7344minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7345entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7346
7347@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7348@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7349@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7350assembly language programmers.
7351@end ifset
7352@end ifset
7353@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7354
7ce98c16
NC
7355@ifclear no-space-dir
7356@node Zero
7357@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7358
7359@cindex @code{zero} directive
7360@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7361This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7362expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7363so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7364instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7365@end ifclear
7366
2b841ec2
AM
7367@ifset ELF
7368@node 2byte
ea86f534 7369@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7370@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7371@cindex two-byte integer
7372@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7373
e406e428
NC
7374This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7375are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7376is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7377section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7378in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7379bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7380at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7381value at link time.
7382
7383This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7384values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7385different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7386
8b1e5da1 7387This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7388
7389@node 4byte
ea86f534 7390@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7391@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7392@cindex four-byte integer
7393@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7394
e406e428
NC
7395Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7396long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7397
7398@node 8byte
ea86f534 7399@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7400@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7401@cindex eight-byte integer
7402@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7403
e406e428
NC
7404Like the @option{.8byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
7405byte long bignum values into the output.
7406
2b841ec2
AM
7407@end ifset
7408
252b5132
RH
7409@node Deprecated
7410@section Deprecated Directives
7411
7412@cindex deprecated directives
7413@cindex obsolescent directives
7414One day these directives won't work.
7415They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7416@table @t
7417@item .abort
7418@item .line
7419@end table
7420
3a99f02f
DJ
7421@ifset ELF
7422@node Object Attributes
7423@chapter Object Attributes
7424@cindex object attributes
7425
7426@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7427into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7428Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7429point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7430requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7431passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7432hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7433generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7434newer generation at run-time.
7435
7436This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7437@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7438time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7439correctly.
7440
7441Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7442attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7443string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7444and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7445or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7446attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7447
7448Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7449The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7450
7451@menu
7452* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7453* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7454@end menu
7455
7456@node GNU Object Attributes
7457@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7458
7459The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7460with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7461
7462Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7463its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7464an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74652} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7466architecture-dependent ones.
7467
7468@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7469
7470These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7471
7472@table @r
7473@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7474The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7475the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7476then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7477than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7478arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7479@end table
7480
7481@subsection MIPS Attributes
7482
7483@table @r
7484@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7485The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7486
7487@itemize @bullet
7488@item
74890 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7490@item
f179c512
MF
74911 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7492double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7493@item
74942 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7495@item
74963 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7497@item
f179c512
MF
74984 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7499floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7500number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7501@item
75025 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7503with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7504general-purpose registers.
7505@item
75066 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7507registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7508@item
75097 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7510registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7511direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7512@end itemize
7513@end table
7514
7515@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7516
7517@table @r
7518@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7519The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7520
7521@itemize @bullet
7522@item
75230 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7524@item
3c7b9897 75251 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7526@item
75272 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7528@item
75293 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7530@end itemize
7531
7532@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7533The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7534
7535@itemize @bullet
7536@item
75370 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7538@item
75391 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7540@item
75412 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7542@item
75433 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7544@end itemize
7545@end table
7546
643f7afb
AK
7547@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7548
7549@table @r
7550@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7551The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7552
7553@itemize @bullet
7554@item
75550 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7556@item
75571 for files using software vector ABI.
7558@item
75592 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7560@end itemize
7561@end table
7562
3a99f02f
DJ
7563@node Defining New Object Attributes
7564@section Defining New Object Attributes
7565
7566If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7567will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7568mailing list.
7569
7570@itemize @bullet
7571@item
7572This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7573@item
7574The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7575@item
7576The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7577and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7578@item
7579Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7580@item
7581@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7582@item
7583GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7584@end itemize
7585
7586@end ifset
7587
252b5132
RH
7588@ifset GENERIC
7589@node Machine Dependencies
7590@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7591
7592@cindex machine dependencies
7593The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7594each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7595vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7596directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7597assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7598@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7599optimization.
7600
7601This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7602include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7603subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7604
7605@menu
a06ea964
NC
7606@ifset AARCH64
7607* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7608@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7609@ifset ALPHA
7610* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7611@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7612@ifset ARC
7613* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7614@end ifset
7615@ifset ARM
7616* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7617@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7618@ifset AVR
7619* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7620@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7621@ifset Blackfin
7622* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7623@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7624@ifset CR16
7625* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7626@end ifset
8bf549a8 7627@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7628* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7629@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7630@ifset D10V
7631* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7632@end ifset
7633@ifset D30V
7634* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7635@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7636@ifset EPIPHANY
7637* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7638@end ifset
252b5132 7639@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7640* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7641@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7642@ifset HPPA
7643* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7644@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7645@ifset I370
7646* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7647@end ifset
252b5132 7648@ifset I80386
55b62671 7649* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7650@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7651@ifset I860
7652* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7653@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7654@ifset I960
7655* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7656@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7657@ifset IA64
7658* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7659@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7660@ifset IP2K
7661* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7662@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7663@ifset LM32
7664* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7665@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7666@ifset M32C
7667* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7668@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7669@ifset M32R
7670* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7671@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7672@ifset M680X0
7673* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7674@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7675@ifset M68HC11
7676* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7677@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7678@ifset METAG
7679* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7680@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7681@ifset MICROBLAZE
7682* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7683@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7684@ifset MIPS
7685* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7686@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7687@ifset MMIX
7688* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7689@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7690@ifset MSP430
7691* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7692@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7693@ifset NDS32
7694* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7695@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7696@ifset NIOSII
7697* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7698@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7699@ifset NS32K
7700* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7701@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7702@ifset PDP11
7703* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7704@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7705@ifset PJ
7706* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7707@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7708@ifset PPC
7709* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7710@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7711@ifset PRU
7712* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7713@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7714@ifset RISCV
7715* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7716@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7717@ifset RL78
7718* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7719@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7720@ifset RX
7721* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7722@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7723@ifset S390
7724* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7725@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7726@ifset SCORE
7727* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7728@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7729@ifset SH
7730* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7731* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7732@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7733@ifset SPARC
7734* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7735@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7736@ifset TIC54X
7737* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7738@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7739@ifset TIC6X
7740* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7741@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7742@ifset TILEGX
7743* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7744@end ifset
7745@ifset TILEPRO
7746* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7747@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7748@ifset V850
7749* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7750@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7751@ifset VAX
7752* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7753@end ifset
7754@ifset VISIUM
7755* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7756@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7757@ifset WASM32
7758* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7759@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7760@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7761* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7762@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7763@ifset XSTORMY16
7764* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7765@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7766@ifset XTENSA
7767* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7768@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7769@ifset Z80
7770* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7771@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7772@ifset Z8000
7773* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7774@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7775@end menu
7776
7777@lowersections
7778@end ifset
7779
7780@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7781@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7782@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7783@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7784@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7785@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7786@c in both conditional blocks.
7787
a06ea964
NC
7788@ifset AARCH64
7789@include c-aarch64.texi
7790@end ifset
7791
625e1353
RH
7792@ifset ALPHA
7793@include c-alpha.texi
7794@end ifset
7795
7796@ifset ARC
7797@include c-arc.texi
7798@end ifset
7799
252b5132
RH
7800@ifset ARM
7801@include c-arm.texi
7802@end ifset
7803
8473f7a4
DC
7804@ifset AVR
7805@include c-avr.texi
7806@end ifset
7807
3b4e1885 7808@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7809@include c-bfin.texi
7810@end ifset
7811
3d3d428f
NC
7812@ifset CR16
7813@include c-cr16.texi
7814@end ifset
7815
328eb32e
HPN
7816@ifset CRIS
7817@include c-cris.texi
7818@end ifset
7819
c2dcd04e 7820@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7821@ifclear GENERIC
7822@node Machine Dependencies
7823@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7824
c2dcd04e 7825The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7826and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7827chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7828family.
7829
7830@menu
c2dcd04e 7831* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7832* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7833@end menu
7834@lowersections
7835@end ifclear
7836@end ifset
7837
7838@ifset D10V
7839@include c-d10v.texi
7840@end ifset
7841
7842@ifset D30V
7843@include c-d30v.texi
7844@end ifset
7845
cfb8c092
NC
7846@ifset EPIPHANY
7847@include c-epiphany.texi
7848@end ifset
7849
252b5132
RH
7850@ifset H8/300
7851@include c-h8300.texi
7852@end ifset
7853
252b5132
RH
7854@ifset HPPA
7855@include c-hppa.texi
7856@end ifset
7857
5b93d8bb
AM
7858@ifset I370
7859@include c-i370.texi
7860@end ifset
7861
252b5132
RH
7862@ifset I80386
7863@include c-i386.texi
7864@end ifset
7865
e3308d0d
JE
7866@ifset I860
7867@include c-i860.texi
7868@end ifset
7869
252b5132
RH
7870@ifset I960
7871@include c-i960.texi
7872@end ifset
7873
9e32ca89
NC
7874@ifset IA64
7875@include c-ia64.texi
7876@end ifset
7877
a40cbfa3
NC
7878@ifset IP2K
7879@include c-ip2k.texi
7880@end ifset
7881
84e94c90
NC
7882@ifset LM32
7883@include c-lm32.texi
7884@end ifset
7885
49f58d10
JB
7886@ifset M32C
7887@include c-m32c.texi
7888@end ifset
7889
ec694b89
NC
7890@ifset M32R
7891@include c-m32r.texi
7892@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7893
7894@ifset M680X0
7895@include c-m68k.texi
7896@end ifset
7897
60bcf0fa
NC
7898@ifset M68HC11
7899@include c-m68hc11.texi
7900@end ifset
7901
a3c62988
NC
7902@ifset METAG
7903@include c-metag.texi
7904@end ifset
7905
01642c12 7906@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7907@include c-microblaze.texi
7908@end ifset
7909
252b5132
RH
7910@ifset MIPS
7911@include c-mips.texi
7912@end ifset
7913
3c3bdf30
NC
7914@ifset MMIX
7915@include c-mmix.texi
7916@end ifset
7917
2469cfa2
NC
7918@ifset MSP430
7919@include c-msp430.texi
7920@end ifset
7921
35c08157
KLC
7922@ifset NDS32
7923@include c-nds32.texi
7924@end ifset
7925
36591ba1
SL
7926@ifset NIOSII
7927@include c-nios2.texi
7928@end ifset
7929
252b5132
RH
7930@ifset NS32K
7931@include c-ns32k.texi
7932@end ifset
7933
e135f41b
NC
7934@ifset PDP11
7935@include c-pdp11.texi
7936@end ifset
7937
041dd5a9
ILT
7938@ifset PJ
7939@include c-pj.texi
7940@end ifset
7941
418c1742
MG
7942@ifset PPC
7943@include c-ppc.texi
7944@end ifset
7945
93f11b16
DD
7946@ifset PRU
7947@include c-pru.texi
7948@end ifset
7949
4f7eddc4
PD
7950@ifset RISCV
7951@include c-riscv.texi
7952@end ifset
7953
b57e49f7
JW
7954@ifset RL78
7955@include c-rl78.texi
7956@end ifset
7957
046d31c2
NC
7958@ifset RX
7959@include c-rx.texi
7960@end ifset
7961
11c19e16
MS
7962@ifset S390
7963@include c-s390.texi
7964@end ifset
7965
c0157db4
NC
7966@ifset SCORE
7967@include c-score.texi
7968@end ifset
7969
252b5132
RH
7970@ifset SH
7971@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7972@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7973@end ifset
7974
7975@ifset SPARC
7976@include c-sparc.texi
7977@end ifset
7978
39bec121
TW
7979@ifset TIC54X
7980@include c-tic54x.texi
7981@end ifset
7982
40b36596
JM
7983@ifset TIC6X
7984@include c-tic6x.texi
7985@end ifset
7986
aa137e4d
NC
7987@ifset TILEGX
7988@include c-tilegx.texi
7989@end ifset
7990
7991@ifset TILEPRO
7992@include c-tilepro.texi
7993@end ifset
7994
b6605ddd
EB
7995@ifset V850
7996@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7997@end ifset
7998
7999@ifset VAX
8000@include c-vax.texi
8001@end ifset
8002
b6605ddd
EB
8003@ifset VISIUM
8004@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8005@end ifset
8006
f96bd6c2
PC
8007@ifset WASM32
8008@include c-wasm32.texi
8009@end ifset
8010
f6c1a2d5
NC
8011@ifset XGATE
8012@include c-xgate.texi
8013@end ifset
8014
6753e72f
NC
8015@ifset XSTORMY16
8016@include c-xstormy16.texi
8017@end ifset
8018
e0001a05
NC
8019@ifset XTENSA
8020@include c-xtensa.texi
8021@end ifset
8022
b6605ddd
EB
8023@ifset Z80
8024@include c-z80.texi
8025@end ifset
8026
8027@ifset Z8000
8028@include c-z8k.texi
8029@end ifset
8030
252b5132
RH
8031@ifset GENERIC
8032@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8033@raisesections
8034@end ifset
8035
8036@node Reporting Bugs
8037@chapter Reporting Bugs
8038@cindex bugs in assembler
8039@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8040
a4fb0134 8041Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8042
8043Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8044not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8045entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8046Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8047
8048In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8049information that enables us to fix the bug.
8050
8051@menu
8052* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8053* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8054@end menu
8055
8056@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8057@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8058@cindex bug criteria
8059
8060If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8061
8062@itemize @bullet
8063@cindex fatal signal
8064@cindex assembler crash
8065@cindex crash of assembler
8066@item
8067If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8068@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8069
8070@cindex error on valid input
8071@item
a4fb0134 8072If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8073
8074@cindex invalid input
8075@item
a4fb0134 8076If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8077is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8078be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8079
8080@item
8081If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8082of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8083@end itemize
8084
8085@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8086@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8087@cindex bug reports
8088@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8089
8090A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8091you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8092contact that organization first.
8093
8094You can find contact information for many support companies and
8095individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8096distribution.
8097
ad22bfe8 8098@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8099In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8100to @value{BUGURL}.
8101@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8102
8103The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8104@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8105fact or leave it out, state it!
8106
8107Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8108and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8109name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8110not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8111happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8112perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8113the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8114give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8115and the most helpful.
8116
8117Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8118it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8119that the bug has not been reported previously.
8120
8121Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8122bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8123respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8124You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8125
8126To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8127
8128@itemize @bullet
8129@item
a4fb0134 8130The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8131it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8132
8133Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8134the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8135
8136@item
a4fb0134 8137Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8138
8139@item
8140The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8141version number.
8142
8143@item
a4fb0134 8144What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8145``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8146
8147@item
8148The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8149observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8150all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8151
8152If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8153and then we might not encounter the bug.
8154
8155@item
8156A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8157the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8158high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8159when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8160the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8161file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8162@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8163
8164@item
8165A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8166incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8167
a4fb0134 8168Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8169will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8170notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8171make a mistake.
8172
8173Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8174explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8175@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8176library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8177would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8178would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8179expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8180observations.
8181
8182@item
a4fb0134 8183If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8184diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8185option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8186discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8187by line number.
8188
8189The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8190sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8191@end itemize
8192
8193Here are some things that are not necessary:
8194
8195@itemize @bullet
8196@item
8197A description of the envelope of the bug.
8198
8199Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8200which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8201changes will not affect it.
8202
8203This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8204will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8205with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8206We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8207
8208Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8209of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8210output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8211less time, and so on.
8212
8213However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8214report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8215
8216@item
8217A patch for the bug.
8218
8219A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8220the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8221a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8222to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8223
a4fb0134 8224Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8225construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8226the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8227one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8228
8229And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8230patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8231help us to understand.
8232
8233@item
8234A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8235
8236Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8237things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8238@end itemize
8239
8240@node Acknowledgements
8241@chapter Acknowledgements
8242
653cfe85 8243If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8244it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8245maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8246@c (October 2012),
8247the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8248
8249Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8250more details?}
8251
8252Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8253information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8254extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8255
8256K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8257many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8258up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8259testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8260including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8261and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8262support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8263port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8264file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8265assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8266
8267Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8268in format-specific I/O modules.
8269
8270The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8271has done much work with it since.
8272
8273The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8274
8275Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8276
8277The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8278University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8279
8280Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8281(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8282(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8283support a.out format.
8284
7be1c489
AM
8285Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8286tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8287Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8288use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8289targets.
8290
8291John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8292simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8293updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8294fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8295remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8296cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8297required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8298
8299Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
830068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8301added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8302PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8303
653cfe85 8304Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8305
8306Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8307
8308Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8309along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8310formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8311the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8312
8313Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8314Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8315Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8316Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8317and some initial 64-bit support).
8318
c1253627 8319Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8320
252b5132
RH
8321Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8322support for openVMS/Alpha.
8323
39bec121
TW
8324Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8325flavors.
8326
e0001a05 8327David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8328Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8329
252b5132
RH
8330Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8331configuration enhancements.
8332
84e94c90
NC
8333Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8334
252b5132
RH
8335Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8336you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8337want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8338intentionally leaving anyone out.
8339
793c5807
NC
8340@node GNU Free Documentation License
8341@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8342@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8343
370b66a1
CD
8344@node AS Index
8345@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8346
8347@printindex cp
8348
252b5132
RH
8349@bye
8350@c Local Variables:
8351@c fill-column: 79
8352@c End:
This page took 2.165075 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.